elfnn-ia64.c revision 1.1.1.8.2.1 1 1.1 christos /* IA-64 support for 64-bit ELF
2 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant Copyright (C) 1998-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 christos Contributed by David Mosberger-Tang <davidm (at) hpl.hp.com>
4 1.1 christos
5 1.1 christos This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 1.1 christos
7 1.1 christos This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 1.1 christos it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 1.1 christos the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 1.1 christos (at your option) any later version.
11 1.1 christos
12 1.1 christos This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 1.1 christos but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 1.1 christos MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 1.1 christos GNU General Public License for more details.
16 1.1 christos
17 1.1 christos You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 1.1 christos along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 1.1 christos Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 1.1 christos MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21 1.1 christos
22 1.1 christos #include "sysdep.h"
23 1.1 christos #include "bfd.h"
24 1.1 christos #include "libbfd.h"
25 1.1 christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
26 1.1 christos #include "opcode/ia64.h"
27 1.1 christos #include "elf/ia64.h"
28 1.1 christos #include "objalloc.h"
29 1.1 christos #include "hashtab.h"
30 1.1 christos #include "elfxx-ia64.h"
31 1.1 christos
32 1.1 christos #define ARCH_SIZE NN
33 1.1 christos
34 1.1 christos #if ARCH_SIZE == 64
35 1.1 christos #define LOG_SECTION_ALIGN 3
36 1.1 christos #endif
37 1.1 christos
38 1.1 christos #if ARCH_SIZE == 32
39 1.1 christos #define LOG_SECTION_ALIGN 2
40 1.1 christos #endif
41 1.1 christos
42 1.1.1.7 christos #define is_ia64_elf(bfd) \
43 1.1.1.7 christos (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
44 1.1.1.7 christos && elf_object_id (bfd) == IA64_ELF_DATA)
45 1.1.1.7 christos
46 1.1 christos typedef struct bfd_hash_entry *(*new_hash_entry_func)
47 1.1 christos (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
48 1.1 christos
49 1.1 christos /* In dynamically (linker-) created sections, we generally need to keep track
50 1.1 christos of the place a symbol or expression got allocated to. This is done via hash
51 1.1 christos tables that store entries of the following type. */
52 1.1 christos
53 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info
54 1.1 christos {
55 1.1 christos /* The addend for which this entry is relevant. */
56 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend;
57 1.1 christos
58 1.1 christos bfd_vma got_offset;
59 1.1 christos bfd_vma fptr_offset;
60 1.1 christos bfd_vma pltoff_offset;
61 1.1 christos bfd_vma plt_offset;
62 1.1 christos bfd_vma plt2_offset;
63 1.1 christos bfd_vma tprel_offset;
64 1.1 christos bfd_vma dtpmod_offset;
65 1.1 christos bfd_vma dtprel_offset;
66 1.1 christos
67 1.1 christos /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
68 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
69 1.1 christos
70 1.1 christos /* Used to count non-got, non-plt relocations for delayed sizing
71 1.1 christos of relocation sections. */
72 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry
73 1.1 christos {
74 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *next;
75 1.1 christos asection *srel;
76 1.1 christos int type;
77 1.1 christos int count;
78 1.1 christos
79 1.1 christos /* Is this reloc against readonly section? */
80 1.1.1.8 christos bool reltext;
81 1.1 christos } *reloc_entries;
82 1.1 christos
83 1.1 christos /* TRUE when the section contents have been updated. */
84 1.1 christos unsigned got_done : 1;
85 1.1 christos unsigned fptr_done : 1;
86 1.1 christos unsigned pltoff_done : 1;
87 1.1 christos unsigned tprel_done : 1;
88 1.1 christos unsigned dtpmod_done : 1;
89 1.1 christos unsigned dtprel_done : 1;
90 1.1 christos
91 1.1 christos /* TRUE for the different kinds of linker data we want created. */
92 1.1 christos unsigned want_got : 1;
93 1.1 christos unsigned want_gotx : 1;
94 1.1 christos unsigned want_fptr : 1;
95 1.1 christos unsigned want_ltoff_fptr : 1;
96 1.1 christos unsigned want_plt : 1;
97 1.1 christos unsigned want_plt2 : 1;
98 1.1 christos unsigned want_pltoff : 1;
99 1.1 christos unsigned want_tprel : 1;
100 1.1 christos unsigned want_dtpmod : 1;
101 1.1 christos unsigned want_dtprel : 1;
102 1.1 christos };
103 1.1 christos
104 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry
105 1.1 christos {
106 1.1 christos int id;
107 1.1 christos unsigned int r_sym;
108 1.1 christos /* The number of elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
109 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
110 1.1 christos /* The number of sorted elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
111 1.1 christos unsigned int sorted_count;
112 1.1 christos /* The size of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
113 1.1 christos unsigned int size;
114 1.1 christos /* The array of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info. */
115 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *info;
116 1.1 christos
117 1.1 christos /* TRUE if this hash entry's addends was translated for
118 1.1 christos SHF_MERGE optimization. */
119 1.1 christos unsigned sec_merge_done : 1;
120 1.1 christos };
121 1.1 christos
122 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry
123 1.1 christos {
124 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
125 1.1 christos /* The number of elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
126 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
127 1.1 christos /* The number of sorted elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
128 1.1 christos unsigned int sorted_count;
129 1.1 christos /* The size of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
130 1.1 christos unsigned int size;
131 1.1 christos /* The array of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info. */
132 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *info;
133 1.1 christos };
134 1.1 christos
135 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table
136 1.1 christos {
137 1.1 christos /* The main hash table. */
138 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_table root;
139 1.1 christos
140 1.1 christos asection *fptr_sec; /* Function descriptor table (or NULL). */
141 1.1 christos asection *rel_fptr_sec; /* Dynamic relocation section for same. */
142 1.1 christos asection *pltoff_sec; /* Private descriptors for plt (or NULL). */
143 1.1 christos asection *rel_pltoff_sec; /* Dynamic relocation section for same. */
144 1.1 christos
145 1.1 christos bfd_size_type minplt_entries; /* Number of minplt entries. */
146 1.1 christos unsigned self_dtpmod_done : 1;/* Has self DTPMOD entry been finished? */
147 1.1 christos bfd_vma self_dtpmod_offset; /* .got offset to self DTPMOD entry. */
148 1.1 christos /* There are maybe R_IA64_GPREL22 relocations, including those
149 1.1 christos optimized from R_IA64_LTOFF22X, against non-SHF_IA_64_SHORT
150 1.1 christos sections. We need to record those sections so that we can choose
151 1.1 christos a proper GP to cover all R_IA64_GPREL22 relocations. */
152 1.1 christos asection *max_short_sec; /* Maximum short output section. */
153 1.1 christos bfd_vma max_short_offset; /* Maximum short offset. */
154 1.1 christos asection *min_short_sec; /* Minimum short output section. */
155 1.1 christos bfd_vma min_short_offset; /* Minimum short offset. */
156 1.1 christos
157 1.1 christos htab_t loc_hash_table;
158 1.1 christos void *loc_hash_memory;
159 1.1 christos };
160 1.1 christos
161 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data
162 1.1 christos {
163 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info;
164 1.1 christos bfd_size_type ofs;
165 1.1.1.8 christos bool only_got;
166 1.1 christos };
167 1.1 christos
168 1.1 christos #define elfNN_ia64_hash_table(p) \
169 1.1.1.7 christos ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
170 1.1.1.7 christos && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == IA64_ELF_DATA) \
171 1.1.1.7 christos ? (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
172 1.1 christos
173 1.1 christos static struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info * get_dyn_sym_info
174 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
175 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
176 1.1.1.8 christos bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bool create);
177 1.1.1.8 christos static bool elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p
178 1.1 christos (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct bfd_link_info *info, int);
179 1.1.1.8 christos static bool elfNN_ia64_choose_gp
180 1.1.1.8 christos (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bool final);
181 1.1 christos static void elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse
182 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
183 1.1.1.8 christos bool (*func) (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *, void *),
184 1.1 christos void * info);
185 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_global_data_got
186 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
187 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_global_fptr_got
188 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
189 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_local_got
190 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
191 1.1.1.8 christos static bool elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec
192 1.1 christos (const bfd_target *vec);
193 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_dynrel_entries
194 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
195 1.1 christos static asection *get_pltoff
196 1.1 christos (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
197 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info);
198 1.1 christos
199 1.1 christos /* ia64-specific relocation. */
201 1.1 christos
202 1.1 christos /* Given a ELF reloc, return the matching HOWTO structure. */
203 1.1.1.8 christos
204 1.1 christos static bool
205 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
206 1.1 christos arelent *bfd_reloc,
207 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *elf_reloc)
208 1.1.1.6 christos {
209 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_reloc->r_info);
210 1.1.1.6 christos
211 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_reloc->howto = ia64_elf_lookup_howto (r_type);
212 1.1.1.6 christos if (bfd_reloc->howto == NULL)
213 1.1.1.6 christos {
214 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
215 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
216 1.1.1.6 christos abfd, r_type);
217 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
218 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
219 1.1.1.6 christos }
220 1.1.1.8 christos
221 1.1 christos return true;
222 1.1 christos }
223 1.1 christos
224 1.1 christos #define PLT_HEADER_SIZE (3 * 16)
226 1.1 christos #define PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE (1 * 16)
227 1.1 christos #define PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE (2 * 16)
228 1.1 christos #define PLT_RESERVED_WORDS 3
229 1.1 christos
230 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte plt_header[PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
231 1.1.1.6 christos {
232 1.1.1.6 christos 0x0b, 0x10, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x21, /* [MMI] mov r2=r14;; */
233 1.1.1.6 christos 0xe0, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x48, 0x00, /* addl r14=0,r2 */
234 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, /* nop.i 0x0;; */
235 1.1.1.6 christos 0x0b, 0x80, 0x20, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x14, /* [MMI] ld8 r16=[r14],8;; */
236 1.1.1.6 christos 0x10, 0x41, 0x38, 0x30, 0x28, 0x00, /* ld8 r17=[r14],8 */
237 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, /* nop.i 0x0;; */
238 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x08, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x10, /* [MIB] ld8 r1=[r14] */
239 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x88, 0x04, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* mov b6=r17 */
240 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00 /* br.few b6;; */
241 1.1 christos };
242 1.1 christos
243 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte plt_min_entry[PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE] =
244 1.1.1.6 christos {
245 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, /* [MIB] mov r15=0 */
246 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, /* nop.i 0x0 */
247 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40 /* br.few 0 <PLT0>;; */
248 1.1 christos };
249 1.1 christos
250 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte plt_full_entry[PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE] =
251 1.1.1.6 christos {
252 1.1.1.6 christos 0x0b, 0x78, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, /* [MMI] addl r15=0,r1;; */
253 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x41, 0x3c, 0x70, 0x29, 0xc0, /* ld8.acq r16=[r15],8*/
254 1.1.1.6 christos 0x01, 0x08, 0x00, 0x84, /* mov r14=r1;; */
255 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x08, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x18, 0x10, /* [MIB] ld8 r1=[r15] */
256 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x80, 0x04, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* mov b6=r16 */
257 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00 /* br.few b6;; */
258 1.1 christos };
259 1.1 christos
260 1.1 christos #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
261 1.1 christos
262 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte oor_brl[16] =
263 1.1.1.6 christos {
264 1.1 christos 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MLX] nop.m 0 */
265 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* brl.sptk.few tgt;; */
266 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0
267 1.1 christos };
268 1.1 christos
269 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte oor_ip[48] =
270 1.1.1.6 christos {
271 1.1 christos 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MLX] nop.m 0 */
272 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, /* movl r15=0 */
273 1.1.1.6 christos 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60,
274 1.1.1.6 christos 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MII] nop.m 0 */
275 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, /* mov r16=ip;; */
276 1.1.1.6 christos 0xf2, 0x80, 0x00, 0x80, /* add r16=r15,r16;; */
277 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MIB] nop.m 0 */
278 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x80, 0x04, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* mov b6=r16 */
279 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00 /* br b6;; */
280 1.1 christos };
281 1.1 christos
282 1.1 christos static size_t oor_branch_size = sizeof (oor_brl);
283 1.1 christos
284 1.1 christos void
285 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_ia64_after_parse (int itanium)
286 1.1 christos {
287 1.1 christos oor_branch_size = itanium ? sizeof (oor_ip) : sizeof (oor_brl);
288 1.1 christos }
289 1.1 christos
290 1.1 christos
292 1.1 christos /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
293 1.1 christos are used here. */
294 1.1 christos #define skip_relax_pass_0 sec_flg0
295 1.1 christos #define skip_relax_pass_1 sec_flg1
296 1.1 christos
297 1.1 christos /* These functions do relaxation for IA-64 ELF. */
298 1.1 christos
299 1.1 christos static void
300 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_update_short_info (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset,
301 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
302 1.1 christos {
303 1.1 christos /* Skip ABS and SHF_IA_64_SHORT sections. */
304 1.1 christos if (sec == bfd_abs_section_ptr
305 1.1 christos || (sec->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0)
306 1.1 christos return;
307 1.1 christos
308 1.1 christos if (!ia64_info->min_short_sec)
309 1.1 christos {
310 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_sec = sec;
311 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_offset = offset;
312 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_sec = sec;
313 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_offset = offset;
314 1.1 christos }
315 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->max_short_sec
316 1.1 christos && offset > ia64_info->max_short_offset)
317 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_offset = offset;
318 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->min_short_sec
319 1.1 christos && offset < ia64_info->min_short_offset)
320 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_offset = offset;
321 1.1 christos else if (sec->output_section->vma
322 1.1 christos > ia64_info->max_short_sec->vma)
323 1.1 christos {
324 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_sec = sec;
325 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_offset = offset;
326 1.1 christos }
327 1.1 christos else if (sec->output_section->vma
328 1.1 christos < ia64_info->min_short_sec->vma)
329 1.1 christos {
330 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_sec = sec;
331 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_offset = offset;
332 1.1.1.8 christos }
333 1.1 christos }
334 1.1 christos
335 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
336 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
337 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
338 1.1 christos bool *again)
339 1.1 christos {
340 1.1 christos struct one_fixup
341 1.1 christos {
342 1.1 christos struct one_fixup *next;
343 1.1 christos asection *tsec;
344 1.1 christos bfd_vma toff;
345 1.1 christos bfd_vma trampoff;
346 1.1 christos };
347 1.1 christos
348 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
349 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
350 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
351 1.1 christos bfd_byte *contents;
352 1.1.1.8 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
353 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
354 1.1.1.8 christos struct one_fixup *fixups = NULL;
355 1.1.1.8 christos bool changed_contents = false;
356 1.1.1.8 christos bool changed_relocs = false;
357 1.1 christos bool changed_got = false;
358 1.1 christos bool skip_relax_pass_0 = true;
359 1.1 christos bool skip_relax_pass_1 = true;
360 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp = 0;
361 1.1.1.8 christos
362 1.1 christos /* Assume we're not going to change any sizes, and we'll only need
363 1.1.1.4 christos one pass. */
364 1.1 christos *again = false;
365 1.1 christos
366 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
367 1.1 christos (*link_info->callbacks->einfo)
368 1.1 christos (_("%P%F: --relax and -r may not be used together\n"));
369 1.1.1.8 christos
370 1.1 christos /* Don't even try to relax for non-ELF outputs. */
371 1.1 christos if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash))
372 1.1 christos return false;
373 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant
374 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant /* Nothing to do if there are no relocations or there is no need for
375 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant the current pass. */
376 1.1 christos if (sec->reloc_count == 0
377 1.1 christos || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
378 1.1.1.8 christos || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
379 1.1 christos || (link_info->relax_pass == 0 && sec->skip_relax_pass_0)
380 1.1 christos || (link_info->relax_pass == 1 && sec->skip_relax_pass_1))
381 1.1 christos return true;
382 1.1.1.8 christos
383 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (link_info);
384 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
385 1.1 christos return false;
386 1.1 christos
387 1.1 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
388 1.1 christos
389 1.1 christos /* Load the relocations for this section. */
390 1.1 christos internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
391 1.1.1.8 christos (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
392 1.1 christos link_info->keep_memory));
393 1.1 christos if (internal_relocs == NULL)
394 1.1 christos return false;
395 1.1 christos
396 1.1 christos irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
397 1.1 christos
398 1.1 christos /* Get the section contents. */
399 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
400 1.1 christos contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
401 1.1 christos else
402 1.1 christos {
403 1.1 christos if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
404 1.1 christos goto error_return;
405 1.1 christos }
406 1.1 christos
407 1.1 christos for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
408 1.1 christos {
409 1.1 christos unsigned long r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
410 1.1 christos bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr, trampoff, toff, roff;
411 1.1.1.8 christos asection *tsec;
412 1.1 christos struct one_fixup *f;
413 1.1 christos bfd_size_type amt;
414 1.1 christos bool is_branch;
415 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
416 1.1 christos char symtype;
417 1.1 christos
418 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
419 1.1 christos {
420 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
421 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21BI:
422 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21M:
423 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21F:
424 1.1.1.8 christos /* In pass 1, all br relaxations are done. We can skip it. */
425 1.1.1.8 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 1)
426 1.1 christos continue;
427 1.1 christos skip_relax_pass_0 = false;
428 1.1 christos is_branch = true;
429 1.1 christos break;
430 1.1 christos
431 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
432 1.1 christos /* We can't optimize brl to br in pass 0 since br relaxations
433 1.1.1.8 christos will increase the code size. Defer it to pass 1. */
434 1.1 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 0)
435 1.1 christos {
436 1.1.1.8 christos skip_relax_pass_1 = false;
437 1.1 christos continue;
438 1.1 christos }
439 1.1 christos is_branch = true;
440 1.1 christos break;
441 1.1 christos
442 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL22:
443 1.1 christos /* Update max_short_sec/min_short_sec. */
444 1.1 christos
445 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
446 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LDXMOV:
447 1.1 christos /* We can't relax ldx/mov in pass 0 since br relaxations will
448 1.1.1.8 christos increase the code size. Defer it to pass 1. */
449 1.1 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 0)
450 1.1 christos {
451 1.1.1.8 christos skip_relax_pass_1 = false;
452 1.1 christos continue;
453 1.1 christos }
454 1.1 christos is_branch = false;
455 1.1 christos break;
456 1.1 christos
457 1.1 christos default:
458 1.1 christos continue;
459 1.1 christos }
460 1.1 christos
461 1.1 christos /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
462 1.1 christos if (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
463 1.1 christos {
464 1.1 christos /* A local symbol. */
465 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
466 1.1 christos
467 1.1 christos /* Read this BFD's local symbols. */
468 1.1 christos if (isymbuf == NULL)
469 1.1 christos {
470 1.1 christos isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
471 1.1 christos if (isymbuf == NULL)
472 1.1 christos isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
473 1.1 christos symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
474 1.1 christos NULL, NULL, NULL);
475 1.1 christos if (isymbuf == 0)
476 1.1 christos goto error_return;
477 1.1 christos }
478 1.1 christos
479 1.1 christos isym = isymbuf + ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
480 1.1 christos if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
481 1.1 christos continue; /* We can't do anything with undefined symbols. */
482 1.1 christos else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
483 1.1 christos tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
484 1.1 christos else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
485 1.1 christos tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
486 1.1 christos else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_IA_64_ANSI_COMMON)
487 1.1 christos tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
488 1.1 christos else
489 1.1.1.8 christos tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
490 1.1 christos
491 1.1 christos toff = isym->st_value;
492 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, NULL, abfd, irel, false);
493 1.1 christos symtype = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
494 1.1 christos }
495 1.1 christos else
496 1.1 christos {
497 1.1 christos unsigned long indx;
498 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
499 1.1 christos
500 1.1 christos indx = ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
501 1.1 christos h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
502 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
503 1.1 christos
504 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
505 1.1.1.8 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
506 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
507 1.1 christos
508 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, abfd, irel, false);
509 1.1 christos
510 1.1 christos /* For branches to dynamic symbols, we're interested instead
511 1.1 christos in a branch to the PLT entry. */
512 1.1 christos if (is_branch && dyn_i && dyn_i->want_plt2)
513 1.1 christos {
514 1.1 christos /* Internal branches shouldn't be sent to the PLT.
515 1.1 christos Leave this for now and we'll give an error later. */
516 1.1 christos if (r_type != R_IA64_PCREL21B)
517 1.1 christos continue;
518 1.1 christos
519 1.1 christos tsec = ia64_info->root.splt;
520 1.1 christos toff = dyn_i->plt2_offset;
521 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (irel->r_addend == 0);
522 1.1 christos }
523 1.1 christos
524 1.1 christos /* Can't do anything else with dynamic symbols. */
525 1.1 christos else if (elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (h, link_info, r_type))
526 1.1 christos continue;
527 1.1 christos
528 1.1 christos else
529 1.1 christos {
530 1.1 christos /* We can't do anything with undefined symbols. */
531 1.1 christos if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
532 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
533 1.1 christos continue;
534 1.1 christos
535 1.1 christos tsec = h->root.u.def.section;
536 1.1 christos toff = h->root.u.def.value;
537 1.1 christos }
538 1.1 christos
539 1.1 christos symtype = h->type;
540 1.1 christos }
541 1.1 christos
542 1.1 christos if (tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
543 1.1 christos {
544 1.1 christos /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
545 1.1 christos adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
546 1.1 christos passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
547 1.1 christos relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
548 1.1 christos section symbols have been adjusted.)
549 1.1 christos
550 1.1 christos gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
551 1.1 christos sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
552 1.1 christos the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
553 1.1 christos a section symbol we should include the addend in the
554 1.1 christos offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
555 1.1 christos location of interest is the original symbol. On the
556 1.1 christos other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
557 1.1 christos a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
558 1.1 christos access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
559 1.1 christos location of interest is just "sym". */
560 1.1 christos if (symtype == STT_SECTION)
561 1.1 christos toff += irel->r_addend;
562 1.1 christos
563 1.1 christos toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
564 1.1 christos elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
565 1.1 christos toff);
566 1.1 christos
567 1.1 christos if (symtype != STT_SECTION)
568 1.1 christos toff += irel->r_addend;
569 1.1 christos }
570 1.1 christos else
571 1.1 christos toff += irel->r_addend;
572 1.1 christos
573 1.1 christos symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
574 1.1 christos
575 1.1 christos roff = irel->r_offset;
576 1.1 christos
577 1.1 christos if (is_branch)
578 1.1 christos {
579 1.1 christos bfd_signed_vma offset;
580 1.1 christos
581 1.1 christos reladdr = (sec->output_section->vma
582 1.1 christos + sec->output_offset
583 1.1 christos + roff) & (bfd_vma) -4;
584 1.1 christos
585 1.1 christos /* The .plt section is aligned at 32byte and the .text section
586 1.1 christos is aligned at 64byte. The .text section is right after the
587 1.1 christos .plt section. After the first relaxation pass, linker may
588 1.1 christos increase the gap between the .plt and .text sections up
589 1.1 christos to 32byte. We assume linker will always insert 32byte
590 1.1 christos between the .plt and .text sections after the first
591 1.1 christos relaxation pass. */
592 1.1 christos if (tsec == ia64_info->root.splt)
593 1.1 christos offset = -0x1000000 + 32;
594 1.1 christos else
595 1.1 christos offset = -0x1000000;
596 1.1 christos
597 1.1 christos /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
598 1.1 christos if ((bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - reladdr) >= offset
599 1.1 christos && (bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - reladdr) <= 0x0FFFFF0)
600 1.1 christos {
601 1.1 christos /* If the 60-bit branch is in 21-bit range, optimize it. */
602 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL60B)
603 1.1 christos {
604 1.1 christos ia64_elf_relax_brl (contents, roff);
605 1.1 christos
606 1.1 christos irel->r_info
607 1.1 christos = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
608 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL21B);
609 1.1 christos
610 1.1 christos /* If the original relocation offset points to slot
611 1.1.1.6 christos 1, change it to slot 2. */
612 1.1.1.8 christos if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 1)
613 1.1.1.8 christos irel->r_offset += 1;
614 1.1 christos
615 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
616 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
617 1.1 christos }
618 1.1 christos
619 1.1 christos continue;
620 1.1 christos }
621 1.1 christos else if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL60B)
622 1.1 christos continue;
623 1.1 christos else if (ia64_elf_relax_br (contents, roff))
624 1.1 christos {
625 1.1 christos irel->r_info
626 1.1 christos = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
627 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL60B);
628 1.1.1.6 christos
629 1.1.1.8 christos /* Make the relocation offset point to slot 1. */
630 1.1.1.8 christos irel->r_offset = (irel->r_offset & ~((bfd_vma) 0x3)) + 1;
631 1.1 christos
632 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
633 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
634 1.1 christos continue;
635 1.1 christos }
636 1.1 christos
637 1.1 christos /* We can't put a trampoline in a .init/.fini section. Issue
638 1.1 christos an error. */
639 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (sec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
640 1.1.1.5 christos || strcmp (sec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)
641 1.1.1.6 christos {
642 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
643 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
644 1.1 christos (_("%pB: can't relax br at %#" PRIx64 " in section `%pA';"
645 1.1 christos " please use brl or indirect branch"),
646 1.1 christos sec->owner, (uint64_t) roff, sec);
647 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
648 1.1 christos goto error_return;
649 1.1 christos }
650 1.1 christos
651 1.1 christos /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you've
652 1.1 christos got one honking big section and we can't help you unless
653 1.1 christos you are branching backwards. You'll get an error message
654 1.1 christos later. */
655 1.1 christos if (tsec == sec && toff > roff)
656 1.1 christos continue;
657 1.1 christos
658 1.1 christos /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
659 1.1 christos for (f = fixups; f ; f = f->next)
660 1.1 christos if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
661 1.1 christos break;
662 1.1 christos
663 1.1 christos if (f == NULL)
664 1.1 christos {
665 1.1 christos /* Two alternatives: If it's a branch to a PLT entry, we can
666 1.1 christos make a copy of the FULL_PLT entry. Otherwise, we'll have
667 1.1 christos to use a `brl' insn to get where we're going. */
668 1.1 christos
669 1.1 christos size_t size;
670 1.1 christos
671 1.1 christos if (tsec == ia64_info->root.splt)
672 1.1 christos size = sizeof (plt_full_entry);
673 1.1 christos else
674 1.1 christos size = oor_branch_size;
675 1.1 christos
676 1.1 christos /* Resize the current section to make room for the new branch. */
677 1.1 christos trampoff = (sec->size + 15) & (bfd_vma) -16;
678 1.1 christos
679 1.1 christos /* If trampoline is out of range, there is nothing we
680 1.1 christos can do. */
681 1.1 christos offset = trampoff - (roff & (bfd_vma) -4);
682 1.1 christos if (offset < -0x1000000 || offset > 0x0FFFFF0)
683 1.1 christos continue;
684 1.1 christos
685 1.1 christos amt = trampoff + size;
686 1.1 christos contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_realloc (contents, amt);
687 1.1 christos if (contents == NULL)
688 1.1 christos goto error_return;
689 1.1 christos sec->size = amt;
690 1.1 christos
691 1.1 christos if (tsec == ia64_info->root.splt)
692 1.1 christos {
693 1.1 christos memcpy (contents + trampoff, plt_full_entry, size);
694 1.1 christos
695 1.1 christos /* Hijack the old relocation for use as the PLTOFF reloc. */
696 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
697 1.1 christos R_IA64_PLTOFF22);
698 1.1 christos irel->r_offset = trampoff;
699 1.1 christos }
700 1.1 christos else
701 1.1 christos {
702 1.1 christos if (size == sizeof (oor_ip))
703 1.1 christos {
704 1.1 christos memcpy (contents + trampoff, oor_ip, size);
705 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
706 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL64I);
707 1.1 christos irel->r_addend -= 16;
708 1.1 christos irel->r_offset = trampoff + 2;
709 1.1 christos }
710 1.1 christos else
711 1.1 christos {
712 1.1 christos memcpy (contents + trampoff, oor_brl, size);
713 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
714 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL60B);
715 1.1 christos irel->r_offset = trampoff + 2;
716 1.1 christos }
717 1.1 christos
718 1.1 christos }
719 1.1 christos
720 1.1 christos /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
721 1.1 christos f = (struct one_fixup *)
722 1.1 christos bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) sizeof (*f));
723 1.1 christos f->next = fixups;
724 1.1 christos f->tsec = tsec;
725 1.1 christos f->toff = toff;
726 1.1 christos f->trampoff = trampoff;
727 1.1 christos fixups = f;
728 1.1 christos }
729 1.1 christos else
730 1.1 christos {
731 1.1 christos /* If trampoline is out of range, there is nothing we
732 1.1 christos can do. */
733 1.1 christos offset = f->trampoff - (roff & (bfd_vma) -4);
734 1.1 christos if (offset < -0x1000000 || offset > 0x0FFFFF0)
735 1.1 christos continue;
736 1.1 christos
737 1.1 christos /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
738 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_NONE);
739 1.1 christos }
740 1.1 christos
741 1.1 christos /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
742 1.1 christos if (ia64_elf_install_value (contents + roff, offset, r_type)
743 1.1.1.8 christos != bfd_reloc_ok)
744 1.1.1.8 christos goto error_return;
745 1.1 christos
746 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
747 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
748 1.1 christos }
749 1.1 christos else
750 1.1 christos {
751 1.1 christos /* Fetch the gp. */
752 1.1 christos if (gp == 0)
753 1.1 christos {
754 1.1 christos bfd *obfd = sec->output_section->owner;
755 1.1.1.8 christos gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (obfd);
756 1.1 christos if (gp == 0)
757 1.1 christos {
758 1.1 christos if (!elfNN_ia64_choose_gp (obfd, link_info, false))
759 1.1 christos goto error_return;
760 1.1 christos gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (obfd);
761 1.1 christos }
762 1.1 christos }
763 1.1 christos
764 1.1 christos /* If the data is out of range, do nothing. */
765 1.1 christos if ((bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - gp) >= 0x200000
766 1.1 christos ||(bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - gp) < -0x200000)
767 1.1 christos continue;
768 1.1 christos
769 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_GPREL22)
770 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_update_short_info (tsec->output_section,
771 1.1 christos tsec->output_offset + toff,
772 1.1 christos ia64_info);
773 1.1 christos else if (r_type == R_IA64_LTOFF22X)
774 1.1.1.8 christos {
775 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
776 1.1 christos R_IA64_GPREL22);
777 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
778 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_gotx)
779 1.1 christos {
780 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_gotx = 0;
781 1.1 christos changed_got |= !dyn_i->want_got;
782 1.1 christos }
783 1.1 christos
784 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_update_short_info (tsec->output_section,
785 1.1 christos tsec->output_offset + toff,
786 1.1 christos ia64_info);
787 1.1 christos }
788 1.1 christos else
789 1.1.1.8 christos {
790 1.1.1.8 christos ia64_elf_relax_ldxmov (contents, roff);
791 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_NONE);
792 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
793 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
794 1.1 christos }
795 1.1 christos }
796 1.1 christos }
797 1.1 christos
798 1.1 christos /* ??? If we created fixups, this may push the code segment large
799 1.1 christos enough that the data segment moves, which will change the GP.
800 1.1 christos Reset the GP so that we re-calculate next round. We need to
801 1.1 christos do this at the _beginning_ of the next round; now will not do. */
802 1.1 christos
803 1.1 christos /* Clean up and go home. */
804 1.1 christos while (fixups)
805 1.1 christos {
806 1.1 christos struct one_fixup *f = fixups;
807 1.1 christos fixups = fixups->next;
808 1.1 christos free (f);
809 1.1 christos }
810 1.1 christos
811 1.1 christos if (isymbuf != NULL
812 1.1 christos && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
813 1.1 christos {
814 1.1 christos if (! link_info->keep_memory)
815 1.1 christos free (isymbuf);
816 1.1 christos else
817 1.1 christos {
818 1.1 christos /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
819 1.1 christos symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
820 1.1 christos }
821 1.1 christos }
822 1.1 christos
823 1.1 christos if (contents != NULL
824 1.1 christos && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
825 1.1 christos {
826 1.1 christos if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
827 1.1 christos free (contents);
828 1.1 christos else
829 1.1 christos {
830 1.1 christos /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
831 1.1 christos elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
832 1.1 christos }
833 1.1 christos }
834 1.1 christos
835 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
836 1.1 christos {
837 1.1 christos if (!changed_relocs)
838 1.1 christos free (internal_relocs);
839 1.1 christos else
840 1.1 christos elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
841 1.1 christos }
842 1.1 christos
843 1.1 christos if (changed_got)
844 1.1 christos {
845 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data data;
846 1.1 christos data.info = link_info;
847 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
848 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
849 1.1 christos
850 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_data_got, &data);
851 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_fptr_got, &data);
852 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_local_got, &data);
853 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.sgot->size = data.ofs;
854 1.1 christos
855 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created
856 1.1 christos && ia64_info->root.srelgot != NULL)
857 1.1.1.4 christos {
858 1.1 christos /* Resize .rela.got. */
859 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size = 0;
860 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)
861 1.1 christos && ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
862 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
863 1.1 christos data.only_got = true;
864 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_dynrel_entries,
865 1.1 christos &data);
866 1.1 christos }
867 1.1 christos }
868 1.1 christos
869 1.1 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 0)
870 1.1 christos {
871 1.1 christos /* Pass 0 is only needed to relax br. */
872 1.1 christos sec->skip_relax_pass_0 = skip_relax_pass_0;
873 1.1 christos sec->skip_relax_pass_1 = skip_relax_pass_1;
874 1.1.1.8 christos }
875 1.1 christos
876 1.1 christos *again = changed_contents || changed_relocs;
877 1.1.1.7 christos return true;
878 1.1 christos
879 1.1.1.7 christos error_return:
880 1.1 christos if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
881 1.1.1.7 christos free (isymbuf);
882 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
883 1.1.1.8 christos free (contents);
884 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
885 1.1 christos free (internal_relocs);
886 1.1 christos return false;
887 1.1 christos }
888 1.1 christos #undef skip_relax_pass_0
889 1.1 christos #undef skip_relax_pass_1
890 1.1.1.8 christos
891 1.1 christos /* Return TRUE if NAME is an unwind table section name. */
893 1.1 christos
894 1.1 christos static inline bool
895 1.1.1.8 christos is_unwind_section_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
896 1.1 christos {
897 1.1.1.8 christos if (elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec (abfd->xvec)
898 1.1.1.8 christos && !strcmp (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind_hdr))
899 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
900 1.1 christos
901 1.1 christos return ((startswith (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind)
902 1.1 christos && ! startswith (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind_info))
903 1.1 christos || startswith (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind_once));
904 1.1 christos }
905 1.1 christos
906 1.1.1.8 christos /* Handle an IA-64 specific section when reading an object file. This
907 1.1 christos is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
908 1.1 christos type. */
909 1.1 christos
910 1.1 christos static bool
911 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
912 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
913 1.1 christos const char *name,
914 1.1 christos int shindex)
915 1.1 christos {
916 1.1 christos /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
917 1.1 christos at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
918 1.1 christos sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
919 1.1 christos suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
920 1.1 christos probably get away with this. */
921 1.1 christos switch (hdr->sh_type)
922 1.1 christos {
923 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_UNWIND:
924 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_HP_OPT_ANOT:
925 1.1.1.8 christos break;
926 1.1 christos
927 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_EXT:
928 1.1 christos if (strcmp (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext) != 0)
929 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
930 1.1 christos break;
931 1.1 christos
932 1.1 christos default:
933 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
934 1.1 christos }
935 1.1.1.8 christos
936 1.1 christos if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
937 1.1 christos return false;
938 1.1 christos
939 1.1 christos return true;
940 1.1 christos }
941 1.1 christos
942 1.1 christos /* Convert IA-64 specific section flags to bfd internal section flags. */
943 1.1.1.8 christos
944 1.1.1.7 christos /* ??? There is no bfd internal flag equivalent to the SHF_IA_64_NORECOV
945 1.1 christos flag. */
946 1.1 christos
947 1.1.1.7 christos static bool
948 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
949 1.1.1.8 christos {
950 1.1 christos if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_IA_64_SHORT)
951 1.1 christos hdr->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
952 1.1 christos
953 1.1 christos return true;
954 1.1 christos }
955 1.1.1.8 christos
956 1.1 christos /* Set the correct type for an IA-64 ELF section. We do this by the
957 1.1 christos section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. */
958 1.1 christos
959 1.1 christos static bool
960 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
961 1.1.1.7 christos asection *sec)
962 1.1 christos {
963 1.1 christos const char *name;
964 1.1 christos
965 1.1 christos name = bfd_section_name (sec);
966 1.1 christos
967 1.1 christos if (is_unwind_section_name (abfd, name))
968 1.1 christos {
969 1.1 christos /* We don't have the sections numbered at this point, so sh_info
970 1.1 christos is set later, in elfNN_ia64_final_write_processing. */
971 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_IA_64_UNWIND;
972 1.1 christos hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
973 1.1 christos }
974 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext) == 0)
975 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_IA_64_EXT;
976 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (name, ".HP.opt_annot") == 0)
977 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_IA_64_HP_OPT_ANOT;
978 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0)
979 1.1 christos /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is
980 1.1 christos needed when producing EFI binaries on IA-64. It tells
981 1.1 christos elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section
982 1.1 christos containing ELF relocation info. We need this hack in order to
983 1.1 christos be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into
984 1.1 christos EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects). Those
985 1.1 christos files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object,
986 1.1 christos which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would
987 1.1 christos attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation
988 1.1 christos entries for section "oc". With this hack enabled, ".reloc"
989 1.1 christos will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the
990 1.1 christos segfault. However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary
991 1.1 christos with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's
992 1.1 christos the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section
993 1.1 christos types based on their names... In practice, this limitation is
994 1.1 christos unlikely to bite. */
995 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
996 1.1 christos
997 1.1 christos if (sec->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
998 1.1 christos hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_IA_64_SHORT;
999 1.1 christos
1000 1.1 christos /* Some HP linkers look for the SHF_IA_64_HP_TLS flag instead of SHF_TLS. */
1001 1.1.1.8 christos
1002 1.1 christos if (elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec (abfd->xvec) && (sec->flags & SHF_TLS))
1003 1.1 christos hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_IA_64_HP_TLS;
1004 1.1 christos
1005 1.1 christos return true;
1006 1.1 christos }
1007 1.1.1.8 christos
1008 1.1.1.7 christos /* The final processing done just before writing out an IA-64 ELF
1009 1.1 christos object file. */
1010 1.1 christos
1011 1.1 christos static bool
1012 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1013 1.1 christos {
1014 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1015 1.1 christos asection *s;
1016 1.1 christos
1017 1.1 christos for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
1018 1.1 christos {
1019 1.1 christos hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
1020 1.1 christos switch (hdr->sh_type)
1021 1.1 christos {
1022 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_UNWIND:
1023 1.1 christos /* The IA-64 processor-specific ABI requires setting sh_link
1024 1.1 christos to the unwind section, whereas HP-UX requires sh_info to
1025 1.1 christos do so. For maximum compatibility, we'll set both for
1026 1.1 christos now... */
1027 1.1 christos hdr->sh_info = hdr->sh_link;
1028 1.1 christos break;
1029 1.1 christos }
1030 1.1 christos }
1031 1.1 christos
1032 1.1 christos if (! elf_flags_init (abfd))
1033 1.1 christos {
1034 1.1 christos unsigned long flags = 0;
1035 1.1 christos
1036 1.1 christos if (abfd->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
1037 1.1 christos flags |= EF_IA_64_BE;
1038 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_ia64_elf64)
1039 1.1 christos flags |= EF_IA_64_ABI64;
1040 1.1.1.7 christos
1041 1.1 christos elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1042 1.1 christos elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1043 1.1 christos }
1044 1.1 christos return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1045 1.1 christos }
1046 1.1.1.8 christos
1047 1.1 christos /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
1048 1.1 christos file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
1049 1.1 christos
1050 1.1 christos static bool
1051 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
1052 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
1053 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
1054 1.1 christos const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1055 1.1 christos flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1056 1.1.1.4 christos asection **secp,
1057 1.1 christos bfd_vma *valp)
1058 1.1 christos {
1059 1.1 christos if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
1060 1.1 christos && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
1061 1.1 christos && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
1062 1.1 christos {
1063 1.1 christos /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are
1064 1.1 christos automatically put into .sbss. */
1065 1.1 christos
1066 1.1 christos asection *scomm = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".scommon");
1067 1.1 christos
1068 1.1 christos if (scomm == NULL)
1069 1.1.1.7 christos {
1070 1.1 christos scomm = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".scommon",
1071 1.1 christos (SEC_ALLOC
1072 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_IS_COMMON
1073 1.1 christos | SEC_SMALL_DATA
1074 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
1075 1.1 christos if (scomm == NULL)
1076 1.1 christos return false;
1077 1.1 christos }
1078 1.1 christos
1079 1.1.1.8 christos *secp = scomm;
1080 1.1 christos *valp = sym->st_size;
1081 1.1 christos }
1082 1.1 christos
1083 1.1 christos return true;
1084 1.1 christos }
1085 1.1 christos
1086 1.1 christos /* Return the number of additional phdrs we will need. */
1087 1.1 christos
1088 1.1 christos static int
1089 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1090 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1091 1.1 christos {
1092 1.1 christos asection *s;
1093 1.1 christos int ret = 0;
1094 1.1 christos
1095 1.1 christos /* See if we need a PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT segment. */
1096 1.1 christos s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext);
1097 1.1 christos if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1098 1.1 christos ++ret;
1099 1.1 christos
1100 1.1 christos /* Count how many PT_IA_64_UNWIND segments we need. */
1101 1.1 christos for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
1102 1.1 christos if (is_unwind_section_name (abfd, s->name) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1103 1.1 christos ++ret;
1104 1.1.1.8 christos
1105 1.1 christos return ret;
1106 1.1 christos }
1107 1.1 christos
1108 1.1 christos static bool
1109 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1110 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1111 1.1 christos {
1112 1.1 christos struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
1113 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1114 1.1 christos asection *s;
1115 1.1 christos
1116 1.1 christos /* If we need a PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT segment, it must come before
1117 1.1 christos all PT_LOAD segments. */
1118 1.1 christos s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext);
1119 1.1 christos if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1120 1.1 christos {
1121 1.1 christos for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1122 1.1 christos if (m->p_type == PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT)
1123 1.1 christos break;
1124 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1125 1.1.1.8 christos {
1126 1.1 christos m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
1127 1.1 christos bfd_zalloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *m));
1128 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1129 1.1 christos return false;
1130 1.1 christos
1131 1.1 christos m->p_type = PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT;
1132 1.1 christos m->count = 1;
1133 1.1 christos m->sections[0] = s;
1134 1.1 christos
1135 1.1 christos /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
1136 1.1 christos pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
1137 1.1 christos while (*pm != NULL
1138 1.1 christos && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
1139 1.1 christos || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
1140 1.1 christos pm = &(*pm)->next;
1141 1.1 christos
1142 1.1 christos m->next = *pm;
1143 1.1 christos *pm = m;
1144 1.1 christos }
1145 1.1 christos }
1146 1.1 christos
1147 1.1 christos /* Install PT_IA_64_UNWIND segments, if needed. */
1148 1.1 christos for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
1149 1.1 christos {
1150 1.1 christos hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
1151 1.1 christos if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_IA_64_UNWIND)
1152 1.1 christos continue;
1153 1.1 christos
1154 1.1 christos if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1155 1.1 christos {
1156 1.1 christos for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1157 1.1 christos if (m->p_type == PT_IA_64_UNWIND)
1158 1.1 christos {
1159 1.1 christos int i;
1160 1.1 christos
1161 1.1 christos /* Look through all sections in the unwind segment
1162 1.1 christos for a match since there may be multiple sections
1163 1.1 christos to a segment. */
1164 1.1 christos for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1165 1.1 christos if (m->sections[i] == s)
1166 1.1 christos break;
1167 1.1 christos
1168 1.1 christos if (i >= 0)
1169 1.1 christos break;
1170 1.1 christos }
1171 1.1 christos
1172 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1173 1.1.1.8 christos {
1174 1.1 christos m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
1175 1.1 christos bfd_zalloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *m));
1176 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1177 1.1 christos return false;
1178 1.1 christos
1179 1.1 christos m->p_type = PT_IA_64_UNWIND;
1180 1.1 christos m->count = 1;
1181 1.1 christos m->sections[0] = s;
1182 1.1 christos m->next = NULL;
1183 1.1 christos
1184 1.1 christos /* We want to put it last. */
1185 1.1 christos pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
1186 1.1 christos while (*pm != NULL)
1187 1.1 christos pm = &(*pm)->next;
1188 1.1 christos *pm = m;
1189 1.1.1.8 christos }
1190 1.1 christos }
1191 1.1 christos }
1192 1.1 christos
1193 1.1 christos return true;
1194 1.1 christos }
1195 1.1 christos
1196 1.1.1.8 christos /* Turn on PF_IA_64_NORECOV if needed. This involves traversing all of
1197 1.1.1.7 christos the input sections for each output section in the segment and testing
1198 1.1 christos for SHF_IA_64_NORECOV on each. */
1199 1.1 christos
1200 1.1 christos static bool
1201 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1202 1.1 christos {
1203 1.1 christos struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
1204 1.1 christos struct elf_segment_map *m;
1205 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1206 1.1 christos
1207 1.1 christos for (p = tdata->phdr, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
1208 1.1 christos if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
1209 1.1 christos {
1210 1.1 christos int i;
1211 1.1 christos for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1212 1.1 christos {
1213 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_order *order = m->sections[i]->map_head.link_order;
1214 1.1 christos
1215 1.1 christos while (order != NULL)
1216 1.1 christos {
1217 1.1 christos if (order->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
1218 1.1 christos {
1219 1.1 christos asection *is = order->u.indirect.section;
1220 1.1 christos bfd_vma flags = elf_section_data(is)->this_hdr.sh_flags;
1221 1.1 christos if (flags & SHF_IA_64_NORECOV)
1222 1.1 christos {
1223 1.1 christos p->p_flags |= PF_IA_64_NORECOV;
1224 1.1 christos goto found;
1225 1.1 christos }
1226 1.1 christos }
1227 1.1 christos order = order->next;
1228 1.1 christos }
1229 1.1.1.7 christos }
1230 1.1 christos found:;
1231 1.1 christos }
1232 1.1 christos
1233 1.1 christos return _bfd_elf_modify_headers (abfd, info);
1234 1.1 christos }
1235 1.1.1.8 christos
1236 1.1 christos /* According to the Tahoe assembler spec, all labels starting with a
1237 1.1 christos '.' are local. */
1238 1.1 christos
1239 1.1 christos static bool
1240 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1241 1.1 christos const char *name)
1242 1.1 christos {
1243 1.1 christos return name[0] == '.';
1244 1.1.1.8 christos }
1245 1.1 christos
1246 1.1 christos /* Should we do dynamic things to this symbol? */
1247 1.1 christos
1248 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
1249 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1250 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
1251 1.1 christos {
1252 1.1 christos bool ignore_protected
1253 1.1 christos = ((r_type & 0xf8) == 0x40 /* FPTR relocs */
1254 1.1 christos || (r_type & 0xf8) == 0x50); /* LTOFF_FPTR relocs */
1255 1.1 christos
1256 1.1 christos return _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h, info, ignore_protected);
1257 1.1 christos }
1258 1.1 christos
1259 1.1 christos static struct bfd_hash_entry*
1261 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_new_elf_hash_entry (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1262 1.1 christos struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1263 1.1 christos const char *string)
1264 1.1 christos {
1265 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *ret;
1266 1.1 christos ret = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1267 1.1 christos
1268 1.1 christos /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1269 1.1 christos subclass. */
1270 1.1 christos if (!ret)
1271 1.1 christos ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (*ret));
1272 1.1 christos
1273 1.1 christos if (!ret)
1274 1.1 christos return 0;
1275 1.1 christos
1276 1.1 christos /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1277 1.1 christos ret = ((struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *)
1278 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1279 1.1 christos table, string));
1280 1.1 christos
1281 1.1 christos ret->info = NULL;
1282 1.1 christos ret->count = 0;
1283 1.1 christos ret->sorted_count = 0;
1284 1.1 christos ret->size = 0;
1285 1.1 christos return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1286 1.1 christos }
1287 1.1 christos
1288 1.1 christos static void
1289 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1290 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *xdir,
1291 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *xind)
1292 1.1 christos {
1293 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
1294 1.1 christos
1295 1.1 christos dir = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xdir;
1296 1.1.1.5 christos ind = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xind;
1297 1.1.1.5 christos
1298 1.1 christos /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1299 1.1 christos symbol which just became indirect. */
1300 1.1 christos
1301 1.1 christos if (dir->root.versioned != versioned_hidden)
1302 1.1 christos dir->root.ref_dynamic |= ind->root.ref_dynamic;
1303 1.1 christos dir->root.ref_regular |= ind->root.ref_regular;
1304 1.1 christos dir->root.ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->root.ref_regular_nonweak;
1305 1.1 christos dir->root.needs_plt |= ind->root.needs_plt;
1306 1.1 christos
1307 1.1 christos if (ind->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1308 1.1 christos return;
1309 1.1 christos
1310 1.1 christos /* Copy over the got and plt data. This would have been done
1311 1.1 christos by check_relocs. */
1312 1.1 christos
1313 1.1.1.7 christos if (ind->info != NULL)
1314 1.1 christos {
1315 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1316 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1317 1.1 christos
1318 1.1 christos free (dir->info);
1319 1.1 christos
1320 1.1 christos dir->info = ind->info;
1321 1.1 christos dir->count = ind->count;
1322 1.1 christos dir->sorted_count = ind->sorted_count;
1323 1.1 christos dir->size = ind->size;
1324 1.1 christos
1325 1.1 christos ind->info = NULL;
1326 1.1 christos ind->count = 0;
1327 1.1 christos ind->sorted_count = 0;
1328 1.1 christos ind->size = 0;
1329 1.1 christos
1330 1.1 christos /* Fix up the dyn_sym_info pointers to the global symbol. */
1331 1.1 christos for (count = dir->count, dyn_i = dir->info;
1332 1.1 christos count != 0;
1333 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1334 1.1 christos dyn_i->h = &dir->root;
1335 1.1 christos }
1336 1.1 christos
1337 1.1 christos /* Copy over the dynindx. */
1338 1.1 christos
1339 1.1 christos if (ind->root.dynindx != -1)
1340 1.1 christos {
1341 1.1 christos if (dir->root.dynindx != -1)
1342 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1343 1.1 christos dir->root.dynstr_index);
1344 1.1 christos dir->root.dynindx = ind->root.dynindx;
1345 1.1 christos dir->root.dynstr_index = ind->root.dynstr_index;
1346 1.1 christos ind->root.dynindx = -1;
1347 1.1 christos ind->root.dynstr_index = 0;
1348 1.1 christos }
1349 1.1.1.8 christos }
1350 1.1 christos
1351 1.1 christos static void
1352 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1353 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *xh,
1354 1.1 christos bool force_local)
1355 1.1 christos {
1356 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *h;
1357 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1358 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1359 1.1 christos
1360 1.1 christos h = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *)xh;
1361 1.1 christos
1362 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
1363 1.1 christos
1364 1.1 christos for (count = h->count, dyn_i = h->info;
1365 1.1 christos count != 0;
1366 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1367 1.1 christos {
1368 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt2 = 0;
1369 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt = 0;
1370 1.1 christos }
1371 1.1 christos }
1372 1.1 christos
1373 1.1 christos /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry. */
1374 1.1 christos
1375 1.1 christos static hashval_t
1376 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
1377 1.1 christos {
1378 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry
1379 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) ptr;
1380 1.1 christos
1381 1.1 christos return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (entry->id, entry->r_sym);
1382 1.1 christos }
1383 1.1 christos
1384 1.1 christos /* Compare local hash entries. */
1385 1.1 christos
1386 1.1 christos static int
1387 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
1388 1.1 christos {
1389 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry1
1390 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) ptr1;
1391 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry2
1392 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) ptr2;
1393 1.1 christos
1394 1.1.1.8 christos return entry1->id == entry2->id && entry1->r_sym == entry2->r_sym;
1395 1.1.1.8 christos }
1396 1.1.1.8 christos
1397 1.1 christos /* Free the global elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
1398 1.1 christos
1399 1.1 christos static bool
1400 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_info_free (struct elf_link_hash_entry *xentry,
1401 1.1.1.7 christos void *unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1402 1.1.1.7 christos {
1403 1.1.1.7 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *entry
1404 1.1.1.7 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xentry;
1405 1.1.1.7 christos
1406 1.1 christos free (entry->info);
1407 1.1.1.8 christos entry->info = NULL;
1408 1.1 christos entry->count = 0;
1409 1.1 christos entry->sorted_count = 0;
1410 1.1 christos entry->size = 0;
1411 1.1 christos
1412 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
1413 1.1 christos }
1414 1.1 christos
1415 1.1 christos /* Free the local elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
1416 1.1 christos
1417 1.1 christos static int
1418 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_info_free (void **slot,
1419 1.1.1.7 christos void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1420 1.1.1.7 christos {
1421 1.1.1.7 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry
1422 1.1.1.7 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) *slot;
1423 1.1.1.7 christos
1424 1.1 christos free (entry->info);
1425 1.1.1.8 christos entry->info = NULL;
1426 1.1 christos entry->count = 0;
1427 1.1 christos entry->sorted_count = 0;
1428 1.1 christos entry->size = 0;
1429 1.1 christos
1430 1.1 christos return true;
1431 1.1.1.3 christos }
1432 1.1 christos
1433 1.1 christos /* Destroy IA-64 linker hash table. */
1434 1.1.1.3 christos
1435 1.1 christos static void
1436 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
1437 1.1 christos {
1438 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info
1439 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
1440 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->loc_hash_table)
1441 1.1 christos {
1442 1.1 christos htab_traverse (ia64_info->loc_hash_table,
1443 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_info_free, NULL);
1444 1.1 christos htab_delete (ia64_info->loc_hash_table);
1445 1.1.1.3 christos }
1446 1.1.1.3 christos if (ia64_info->loc_hash_memory)
1447 1.1.1.3 christos objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) ia64_info->loc_hash_memory);
1448 1.1.1.3 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (&ia64_info->root,
1449 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_info_free, NULL);
1450 1.1.1.3 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
1451 1.1.1.3 christos }
1452 1.1.1.3 christos
1453 1.1.1.3 christos /* Create the derived linker hash table. The IA-64 ELF port uses this
1454 1.1.1.3 christos derived hash table to keep information specific to the IA-64 ElF
1455 1.1.1.3 christos linker (without using static variables). */
1456 1.1.1.3 christos
1457 1.1.1.3 christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1458 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1459 1.1.1.3 christos {
1460 1.1.1.3 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ret;
1461 1.1.1.3 christos
1462 1.1.1.3 christos ret = bfd_zmalloc ((bfd_size_type) sizeof (*ret));
1463 1.1.1.3 christos if (!ret)
1464 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
1465 1.1.1.3 christos
1466 1.1.1.3 christos if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
1467 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_new_elf_hash_entry,
1468 1.1.1.3 christos sizeof (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry),
1469 1.1.1.3 christos IA64_ELF_DATA))
1470 1.1.1.3 christos {
1471 1.1.1.3 christos free (ret);
1472 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
1473 1.1.1.3 christos }
1474 1.1.1.3 christos
1475 1.1.1.3 christos ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024, elfNN_ia64_local_htab_hash,
1476 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_local_htab_eq, NULL);
1477 1.1.1.3 christos ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
1478 1.1.1.3 christos if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
1479 1.1.1.8 christos {
1480 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
1481 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
1482 1.1 christos }
1483 1.1 christos ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table_free;
1484 1.1 christos ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
1485 1.1 christos
1486 1.1 christos return &ret->root.root;
1487 1.1 christos }
1488 1.1.1.8 christos
1489 1.1 christos /* Traverse both local and global hash tables. */
1490 1.1 christos
1491 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data
1492 1.1.1.8 christos {
1493 1.1.1.8 christos bool (*func) (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *, void *);
1494 1.1 christos void * data;
1495 1.1 christos };
1496 1.1 christos
1497 1.1 christos static bool
1498 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_sym_thunk (struct elf_link_hash_entry *xentry,
1499 1.1 christos void * xdata)
1500 1.1 christos {
1501 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *entry
1502 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xentry;
1503 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *data
1504 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *) xdata;
1505 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1506 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1507 1.1.1.8 christos
1508 1.1.1.8 christos for (count = entry->count, dyn_i = entry->info;
1509 1.1 christos count != 0;
1510 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1511 1.1.1.8 christos if (! (*data->func) (dyn_i, data->data))
1512 1.1 christos return false;
1513 1.1 christos return true;
1514 1.1 christos }
1515 1.1 christos
1516 1.1 christos static int
1517 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_sym_thunk (void **slot, void * xdata)
1518 1.1 christos {
1519 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry
1520 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) *slot;
1521 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *data
1522 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *) xdata;
1523 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1524 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1525 1.1.1.8 christos
1526 1.1.1.8 christos for (count = entry->count, dyn_i = entry->info;
1527 1.1 christos count != 0;
1528 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1529 1.1 christos if (! (*data->func) (dyn_i, data->data))
1530 1.1 christos return false;
1531 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
1532 1.1.1.8 christos }
1533 1.1 christos
1534 1.1 christos static void
1535 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
1536 1.1 christos bool (*func) (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *,
1537 1.1 christos void *),
1538 1.1 christos void * data)
1539 1.1 christos {
1540 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data xdata;
1541 1.1 christos
1542 1.1 christos xdata.func = func;
1543 1.1 christos xdata.data = data;
1544 1.1 christos
1545 1.1 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (&ia64_info->root,
1546 1.1.1.8 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_sym_thunk, &xdata);
1547 1.1 christos htab_traverse (ia64_info->loc_hash_table,
1548 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_sym_thunk, &xdata);
1549 1.1 christos }
1550 1.1 christos
1551 1.1 christos static bool
1553 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd,
1554 1.1.1.8 christos struct bfd_link_info *info)
1555 1.1 christos {
1556 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
1557 1.1 christos asection *s;
1558 1.1.1.8 christos
1559 1.1 christos if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
1560 1.1 christos return false;
1561 1.1.1.7 christos
1562 1.1.1.7 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
1563 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
1564 1.1.1.7 christos return false;
1565 1.1.1.8 christos
1566 1.1 christos {
1567 1.1 christos flagword flags = bfd_section_flags (ia64_info->root.sgot);
1568 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (ia64_info->root.sgot, SEC_SMALL_DATA | flags);
1569 1.1.1.8 christos /* The .got section is always aligned at 8 bytes. */
1570 1.1 christos if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (ia64_info->root.sgot, 3))
1571 1.1 christos return false;
1572 1.1 christos }
1573 1.1 christos
1574 1.1 christos if (!get_pltoff (abfd, info, ia64_info))
1575 1.1 christos return false;
1576 1.1 christos
1577 1.1 christos s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.IA_64.pltoff",
1578 1.1.1.7 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1579 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
1580 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
1581 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1582 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_READONLY));
1583 1.1 christos if (s == NULL
1584 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, LOG_SECTION_ALIGN))
1585 1.1 christos return false;
1586 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec = s;
1587 1.1 christos
1588 1.1 christos return true;
1589 1.1.1.8 christos }
1590 1.1 christos
1591 1.1 christos /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol. */
1592 1.1 christos static struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *
1593 1.1 christos get_local_sym_hash (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
1594 1.1 christos bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1595 1.1 christos bool create)
1596 1.1 christos {
1597 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry e, *ret;
1598 1.1 christos asection *sec = abfd->sections;
1599 1.1 christos hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
1600 1.1 christos ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
1601 1.1 christos void **slot;
1602 1.1 christos
1603 1.1 christos e.id = sec->id;
1604 1.1 christos e.r_sym = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
1605 1.1 christos slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (ia64_info->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
1606 1.1 christos create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
1607 1.1 christos
1608 1.1 christos if (!slot)
1609 1.1 christos return NULL;
1610 1.1 christos
1611 1.1 christos if (*slot)
1612 1.1 christos return (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) *slot;
1613 1.1 christos
1614 1.1 christos ret = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *)
1615 1.1 christos objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) ia64_info->loc_hash_memory,
1616 1.1 christos sizeof (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry));
1617 1.1 christos if (ret)
1618 1.1 christos {
1619 1.1 christos memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
1620 1.1 christos ret->id = sec->id;
1621 1.1 christos ret->r_sym = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
1622 1.1 christos *slot = ret;
1623 1.1 christos }
1624 1.1 christos return ret;
1625 1.1 christos }
1626 1.1 christos
1627 1.1 christos /* Used to sort elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
1628 1.1 christos
1629 1.1 christos static int
1630 1.1 christos addend_compare (const void *xp, const void *yp)
1631 1.1 christos {
1632 1.1 christos const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *x
1633 1.1 christos = (const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *) xp;
1634 1.1 christos const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *y
1635 1.1 christos = (const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *) yp;
1636 1.1 christos
1637 1.1 christos return x->addend < y->addend ? -1 : x->addend > y->addend ? 1 : 0;
1638 1.1 christos }
1639 1.1 christos
1640 1.1 christos /* Sort elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array and remove duplicates. */
1641 1.1 christos
1642 1.1 christos static unsigned int
1643 1.1 christos sort_dyn_sym_info (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *info,
1644 1.1 christos unsigned int count)
1645 1.1 christos {
1646 1.1 christos bfd_vma curr, prev, got_offset;
1647 1.1 christos unsigned int i, kept, dupes, diff, dest, src, len;
1648 1.1 christos
1649 1.1 christos qsort (info, count, sizeof (*info), addend_compare);
1650 1.1 christos
1651 1.1 christos /* Find the first duplicate. */
1652 1.1 christos prev = info [0].addend;
1653 1.1 christos got_offset = info [0].got_offset;
1654 1.1 christos for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
1655 1.1 christos {
1656 1.1 christos curr = info [i].addend;
1657 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1658 1.1 christos {
1659 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that GOT_OFFSET is valid. */
1660 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1661 1.1 christos got_offset = info [i].got_offset;
1662 1.1 christos break;
1663 1.1 christos }
1664 1.1 christos got_offset = info [i].got_offset;
1665 1.1 christos prev = curr;
1666 1.1 christos }
1667 1.1 christos
1668 1.1 christos /* We may move a block of elements to here. */
1669 1.1 christos dest = i++;
1670 1.1 christos
1671 1.1 christos /* Remove duplicates. */
1672 1.1 christos if (i < count)
1673 1.1 christos {
1674 1.1 christos while (i < count)
1675 1.1 christos {
1676 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that the kept one has a valid
1677 1.1 christos got_offset. */
1678 1.1 christos kept = dest - 1;
1679 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1680 1.1 christos info [kept].got_offset = got_offset;
1681 1.1 christos
1682 1.1 christos curr = info [i].addend;
1683 1.1 christos got_offset = info [i].got_offset;
1684 1.1 christos
1685 1.1 christos /* Move a block of elements whose first one is different from
1686 1.1 christos the previous. */
1687 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1688 1.1 christos {
1689 1.1 christos for (src = i + 1; src < count; src++)
1690 1.1 christos {
1691 1.1 christos if (info [src].addend != curr)
1692 1.1 christos break;
1693 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that GOT_OFFSET is
1694 1.1 christos valid. */
1695 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1696 1.1 christos got_offset = info [src].got_offset;
1697 1.1 christos }
1698 1.1 christos
1699 1.1 christos /* Make sure that the kept one has a valid got_offset. */
1700 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1701 1.1 christos info [kept].got_offset = got_offset;
1702 1.1 christos }
1703 1.1 christos else
1704 1.1 christos src = i;
1705 1.1 christos
1706 1.1 christos if (src >= count)
1707 1.1 christos break;
1708 1.1 christos
1709 1.1 christos /* Find the next duplicate. SRC will be kept. */
1710 1.1 christos prev = info [src].addend;
1711 1.1 christos got_offset = info [src].got_offset;
1712 1.1 christos for (dupes = src + 1; dupes < count; dupes ++)
1713 1.1 christos {
1714 1.1 christos curr = info [dupes].addend;
1715 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1716 1.1 christos {
1717 1.1 christos /* Make sure that got_offset is valid. */
1718 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1719 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1720 1.1 christos
1721 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that the kept one has
1722 1.1 christos a valid got_offset. */
1723 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1724 1.1 christos info [dupes - 1].got_offset = got_offset;
1725 1.1 christos break;
1726 1.1 christos }
1727 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1728 1.1 christos prev = curr;
1729 1.1 christos }
1730 1.1 christos
1731 1.1 christos /* How much to move. */
1732 1.1 christos len = dupes - src;
1733 1.1 christos i = dupes + 1;
1734 1.1 christos
1735 1.1 christos if (len == 1 && dupes < count)
1736 1.1 christos {
1737 1.1 christos /* If we only move 1 element, we combine it with the next
1738 1.1 christos one. There must be at least a duplicate. Find the
1739 1.1 christos next different one. */
1740 1.1 christos for (diff = dupes + 1, src++; diff < count; diff++, src++)
1741 1.1 christos {
1742 1.1 christos if (info [diff].addend != curr)
1743 1.1 christos break;
1744 1.1 christos /* Make sure that got_offset is valid. */
1745 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1746 1.1 christos got_offset = info [diff].got_offset;
1747 1.1 christos }
1748 1.1 christos
1749 1.1 christos /* Makre sure that the last duplicated one has an valid
1750 1.1 christos offset. */
1751 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (curr == prev);
1752 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1753 1.1 christos info [diff - 1].got_offset = got_offset;
1754 1.1 christos
1755 1.1 christos if (diff < count)
1756 1.1 christos {
1757 1.1 christos /* Find the next duplicate. Track the current valid
1758 1.1 christos offset. */
1759 1.1 christos prev = info [diff].addend;
1760 1.1 christos got_offset = info [diff].got_offset;
1761 1.1 christos for (dupes = diff + 1; dupes < count; dupes ++)
1762 1.1 christos {
1763 1.1 christos curr = info [dupes].addend;
1764 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1765 1.1 christos {
1766 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that GOT_OFFSET
1767 1.1 christos is valid. */
1768 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1769 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1770 1.1 christos break;
1771 1.1 christos }
1772 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1773 1.1 christos prev = curr;
1774 1.1 christos diff++;
1775 1.1 christos }
1776 1.1 christos
1777 1.1 christos len = diff - src + 1;
1778 1.1 christos i = diff + 1;
1779 1.1 christos }
1780 1.1 christos }
1781 1.1 christos
1782 1.1 christos memmove (&info [dest], &info [src], len * sizeof (*info));
1783 1.1 christos
1784 1.1 christos dest += len;
1785 1.1 christos }
1786 1.1 christos
1787 1.1 christos count = dest;
1788 1.1 christos }
1789 1.1 christos else
1790 1.1 christos {
1791 1.1 christos /* When we get here, either there is no duplicate at all or
1792 1.1 christos the only duplicate is the last element. */
1793 1.1 christos if (dest < count)
1794 1.1 christos {
1795 1.1 christos /* If the last element is a duplicate, make sure that the
1796 1.1 christos kept one has a valid got_offset. We also update count. */
1797 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1798 1.1 christos info [dest - 1].got_offset = got_offset;
1799 1.1 christos count = dest;
1800 1.1 christos }
1801 1.1 christos }
1802 1.1 christos
1803 1.1 christos return count;
1804 1.1 christos }
1805 1.1 christos
1806 1.1 christos /* Find and/or create a descriptor for dynamic symbol info. This will
1807 1.1 christos vary based on global or local symbol, and the addend to the reloc.
1808 1.1 christos
1809 1.1 christos We don't sort when inserting. Also, we sort and eliminate
1810 1.1 christos duplicates if there is an unsorted section. Typically, this will
1811 1.1 christos only happen once, because we do all insertions before lookups. We
1812 1.1 christos then use bsearch to do a lookup. This also allows lookups to be
1813 1.1 christos fast. So we have fast insertion (O(log N) due to duplicate check),
1814 1.1 christos fast lookup (O(log N)) and one sort (O(N log N) expected time).
1815 1.1 christos Previously, all lookups were O(N) because of the use of the linked
1816 1.1 christos list and also all insertions were O(N) because of the check for
1817 1.1 christos duplicates. There are some complications here because the array
1818 1.1 christos size grows occasionally, which may add an O(N) factor, but this
1819 1.1.1.8 christos should be rare. Also, we free the excess array allocation, which
1820 1.1 christos requires a copy which is O(N), but this only happens once. */
1821 1.1 christos
1822 1.1 christos static struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *
1823 1.1 christos get_dyn_sym_info (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
1824 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd *abfd,
1825 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bool create)
1826 1.1 christos {
1827 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info **info_p, *info, *dyn_i, key;
1828 1.1 christos unsigned int *count_p, *sorted_count_p, *size_p;
1829 1.1 christos unsigned int count, sorted_count, size;
1830 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend = rel ? rel->r_addend : 0;
1831 1.1 christos bfd_size_type amt;
1832 1.1 christos
1833 1.1 christos if (h)
1834 1.1 christos {
1835 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *global_h;
1836 1.1 christos
1837 1.1 christos global_h = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) h;
1838 1.1 christos info_p = &global_h->info;
1839 1.1 christos count_p = &global_h->count;
1840 1.1 christos sorted_count_p = &global_h->sorted_count;
1841 1.1 christos size_p = &global_h->size;
1842 1.1 christos }
1843 1.1 christos else
1844 1.1 christos {
1845 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *loc_h;
1846 1.1 christos
1847 1.1 christos loc_h = get_local_sym_hash (ia64_info, abfd, rel, create);
1848 1.1 christos if (!loc_h)
1849 1.1 christos {
1850 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (!create);
1851 1.1 christos return NULL;
1852 1.1 christos }
1853 1.1 christos
1854 1.1 christos info_p = &loc_h->info;
1855 1.1 christos count_p = &loc_h->count;
1856 1.1 christos sorted_count_p = &loc_h->sorted_count;
1857 1.1 christos size_p = &loc_h->size;
1858 1.1 christos }
1859 1.1 christos
1860 1.1 christos count = *count_p;
1861 1.1.1.6 christos sorted_count = *sorted_count_p;
1862 1.1 christos size = *size_p;
1863 1.1 christos info = *info_p;
1864 1.1 christos if (create)
1865 1.1 christos {
1866 1.1 christos /* When we create the array, we don't check for duplicates,
1867 1.1 christos except in the previously sorted section if one exists, and
1868 1.1 christos against the last inserted entry. This allows insertions to
1869 1.1 christos be fast. */
1870 1.1 christos if (info)
1871 1.1 christos {
1872 1.1 christos if (sorted_count)
1873 1.1.1.7 christos {
1874 1.1 christos /* Try bsearch first on the sorted section. */
1875 1.1 christos key.addend = addend;
1876 1.1.1.7 christos dyn_i = bsearch (&key, info, sorted_count,
1877 1.1 christos sizeof (*info), addend_compare);
1878 1.1.1.7 christos if (dyn_i)
1879 1.1.1.7 christos return dyn_i;
1880 1.1.1.7 christos }
1881 1.1.1.7 christos
1882 1.1 christos if (count != 0)
1883 1.1 christos {
1884 1.1 christos /* Do a quick check for the last inserted entry. */
1885 1.1 christos dyn_i = info + count - 1;
1886 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->addend == addend)
1887 1.1 christos return dyn_i;
1888 1.1 christos }
1889 1.1 christos }
1890 1.1 christos
1891 1.1 christos if (size == 0)
1892 1.1 christos {
1893 1.1 christos /* It is the very first element. We create the array of size
1894 1.1 christos 1. */
1895 1.1 christos size = 1;
1896 1.1 christos amt = size * sizeof (*info);
1897 1.1 christos info = bfd_malloc (amt);
1898 1.1 christos }
1899 1.1 christos else if (size <= count)
1900 1.1 christos {
1901 1.1 christos /* We double the array size every time when we reach the
1902 1.1 christos size limit. */
1903 1.1 christos size += size;
1904 1.1 christos amt = size * sizeof (*info);
1905 1.1 christos info = bfd_realloc (info, amt);
1906 1.1 christos }
1907 1.1 christos else
1908 1.1 christos goto has_space;
1909 1.1.1.7 christos
1910 1.1 christos if (info == NULL)
1911 1.1 christos return NULL;
1912 1.1 christos *size_p = size;
1913 1.1 christos *info_p = info;
1914 1.1 christos
1915 1.1 christos has_space:
1916 1.1 christos /* Append the new one to the array. */
1917 1.1 christos dyn_i = info + count;
1918 1.1 christos memset (dyn_i, 0, sizeof (*dyn_i));
1919 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1920 1.1 christos dyn_i->addend = addend;
1921 1.1 christos
1922 1.1 christos /* We increment count only since the new ones are unsorted and
1923 1.1 christos may have duplicate. */
1924 1.1 christos (*count_p)++;
1925 1.1 christos }
1926 1.1 christos else
1927 1.1 christos {
1928 1.1 christos /* It is a lookup without insertion. Sort array if part of the
1929 1.1 christos array isn't sorted. */
1930 1.1 christos if (count != sorted_count)
1931 1.1 christos {
1932 1.1 christos count = sort_dyn_sym_info (info, count);
1933 1.1 christos *count_p = count;
1934 1.1 christos *sorted_count_p = count;
1935 1.1.1.7 christos }
1936 1.1.1.7 christos
1937 1.1.1.7 christos /* Free unused memory. */
1938 1.1.1.7 christos if (size != count)
1939 1.1.1.7 christos {
1940 1.1.1.7 christos amt = count * sizeof (*info);
1941 1.1.1.7 christos info = bfd_realloc (info, amt);
1942 1.1.1.7 christos *size_p = count;
1943 1.1 christos if (info == NULL && count != 0)
1944 1.1 christos /* realloc should never fail since we are reducing size here,
1945 1.1.1.7 christos but if it does use the old array. */
1946 1.1.1.7 christos info = *info_p;
1947 1.1.1.7 christos else
1948 1.1.1.7 christos *info_p = info;
1949 1.1.1.7 christos }
1950 1.1.1.7 christos
1951 1.1.1.7 christos if (count == 0)
1952 1.1 christos dyn_i = NULL;
1953 1.1 christos else
1954 1.1 christos {
1955 1.1 christos key.addend = addend;
1956 1.1 christos dyn_i = bsearch (&key, info, count, sizeof (*info), addend_compare);
1957 1.1 christos }
1958 1.1 christos }
1959 1.1 christos
1960 1.1 christos return dyn_i;
1961 1.1 christos }
1962 1.1 christos
1963 1.1 christos static asection *
1964 1.1 christos get_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1965 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
1966 1.1 christos {
1967 1.1 christos asection *got;
1968 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
1969 1.1 christos
1970 1.1 christos got = ia64_info->root.sgot;
1971 1.1 christos if (!got)
1972 1.1 christos {
1973 1.1.1.2 christos flagword flags;
1974 1.1 christos
1975 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
1976 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
1977 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
1978 1.1.1.7 christos if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
1979 1.1.1.2 christos return NULL;
1980 1.1 christos
1981 1.1.1.7 christos got = ia64_info->root.sgot;
1982 1.1.1.7 christos
1983 1.1.1.2 christos /* The .got section is always aligned at 8 bytes. */
1984 1.1 christos if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (got, 3))
1985 1.1 christos return NULL;
1986 1.1 christos
1987 1.1 christos flags = bfd_section_flags (got);
1988 1.1 christos if (!bfd_set_section_flags (got, SEC_SMALL_DATA | flags))
1989 1.1 christos return NULL;
1990 1.1 christos }
1991 1.1 christos
1992 1.1 christos return got;
1993 1.1 christos }
1994 1.1 christos
1995 1.1 christos /* Create function descriptor section (.opd). This section is called .opd
1996 1.1 christos because it contains "official procedure descriptors". The "official"
1997 1.1 christos refers to the fact that these descriptors are used when taking the address
1998 1.1 christos of a procedure, thus ensuring a unique address for each procedure. */
1999 1.1 christos
2000 1.1 christos static asection *
2001 1.1 christos get_fptr (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2002 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
2003 1.1 christos {
2004 1.1 christos asection *fptr;
2005 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
2006 1.1 christos
2007 1.1 christos fptr = ia64_info->fptr_sec;
2008 1.1 christos if (!fptr)
2009 1.1 christos {
2010 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
2011 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
2012 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2013 1.1.1.4 christos
2014 1.1.1.4 christos fptr = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".opd",
2015 1.1 christos (SEC_ALLOC
2016 1.1 christos | SEC_LOAD
2017 1.1.1.7 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2018 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2019 1.1 christos | (bfd_link_pie (info)
2020 1.1 christos ? 0 : SEC_READONLY)
2021 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2022 1.1 christos if (!fptr
2023 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (fptr, 4))
2024 1.1 christos {
2025 1.1.1.4 christos BFD_ASSERT (0);
2026 1.1 christos return NULL;
2027 1.1 christos }
2028 1.1 christos
2029 1.1 christos ia64_info->fptr_sec = fptr;
2030 1.1 christos
2031 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pie (info))
2032 1.1 christos {
2033 1.1 christos asection *fptr_rel;
2034 1.1 christos fptr_rel = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.opd",
2035 1.1.1.7 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2036 1.1 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2037 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2038 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2039 1.1 christos | SEC_READONLY));
2040 1.1 christos if (fptr_rel == NULL
2041 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (fptr_rel, LOG_SECTION_ALIGN))
2042 1.1 christos {
2043 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (0);
2044 1.1 christos return NULL;
2045 1.1 christos }
2046 1.1 christos
2047 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec = fptr_rel;
2048 1.1 christos }
2049 1.1 christos }
2050 1.1 christos
2051 1.1 christos return fptr;
2052 1.1 christos }
2053 1.1 christos
2054 1.1 christos static asection *
2055 1.1 christos get_pltoff (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2056 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
2057 1.1 christos {
2058 1.1 christos asection *pltoff;
2059 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
2060 1.1 christos
2061 1.1 christos pltoff = ia64_info->pltoff_sec;
2062 1.1 christos if (!pltoff)
2063 1.1 christos {
2064 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
2065 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
2066 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2067 1.1 christos
2068 1.1 christos pltoff = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2069 1.1 christos ELF_STRING_ia64_pltoff,
2070 1.1 christos (SEC_ALLOC
2071 1.1.1.7 christos | SEC_LOAD
2072 1.1 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2073 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2074 1.1 christos | SEC_SMALL_DATA
2075 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2076 1.1 christos if (!pltoff
2077 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (pltoff, 4))
2078 1.1 christos {
2079 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (0);
2080 1.1 christos return NULL;
2081 1.1 christos }
2082 1.1 christos
2083 1.1 christos ia64_info->pltoff_sec = pltoff;
2084 1.1 christos }
2085 1.1 christos
2086 1.1.1.8 christos return pltoff;
2087 1.1 christos }
2088 1.1 christos
2089 1.1 christos static asection *
2090 1.1 christos get_reloc_section (bfd *abfd,
2091 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
2092 1.1 christos asection *sec, bool create)
2093 1.1 christos {
2094 1.1 christos const char *srel_name;
2095 1.1 christos asection *srel;
2096 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
2097 1.1 christos
2098 1.1 christos srel_name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
2099 1.1 christos (abfd, elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,
2100 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec)->sh_name));
2101 1.1 christos if (srel_name == NULL)
2102 1.1 christos return NULL;
2103 1.1 christos
2104 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
2105 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
2106 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2107 1.1 christos
2108 1.1 christos srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, srel_name);
2109 1.1 christos if (srel == NULL && create)
2110 1.1 christos {
2111 1.1 christos srel = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, srel_name,
2112 1.1.1.7 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2113 1.1 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2114 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2115 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2116 1.1 christos | SEC_READONLY));
2117 1.1 christos if (srel == NULL
2118 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (srel, LOG_SECTION_ALIGN))
2119 1.1.1.8 christos return NULL;
2120 1.1 christos }
2121 1.1.1.8 christos
2122 1.1 christos return srel;
2123 1.1 christos }
2124 1.1 christos
2125 1.1 christos static bool
2126 1.1 christos count_dyn_reloc (bfd *abfd, struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2127 1.1 christos asection *srel, int type, bool reltext)
2128 1.1 christos {
2129 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *rent;
2130 1.1 christos
2131 1.1 christos for (rent = dyn_i->reloc_entries; rent; rent = rent->next)
2132 1.1 christos if (rent->srel == srel && rent->type == type)
2133 1.1 christos break;
2134 1.1.1.8 christos
2135 1.1 christos if (!rent)
2136 1.1 christos {
2137 1.1 christos rent = ((struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *)
2138 1.1 christos bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof (*rent)));
2139 1.1 christos if (!rent)
2140 1.1 christos return false;
2141 1.1 christos
2142 1.1 christos rent->next = dyn_i->reloc_entries;
2143 1.1 christos rent->srel = srel;
2144 1.1 christos rent->type = type;
2145 1.1.1.8 christos rent->count = 0;
2146 1.1 christos dyn_i->reloc_entries = rent;
2147 1.1 christos }
2148 1.1.1.8 christos rent->reltext = reltext;
2149 1.1 christos rent->count++;
2150 1.1 christos
2151 1.1 christos return true;
2152 1.1 christos }
2153 1.1 christos
2154 1.1 christos static bool
2155 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2156 1.1 christos asection *sec,
2157 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2158 1.1 christos {
2159 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
2160 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
2161 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2162 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2163 1.1 christos asection *got, *fptr, *srel, *pltoff;
2164 1.1 christos enum {
2165 1.1 christos NEED_GOT = 1,
2166 1.1 christos NEED_GOTX = 2,
2167 1.1 christos NEED_FPTR = 4,
2168 1.1 christos NEED_PLTOFF = 8,
2169 1.1 christos NEED_MIN_PLT = 16,
2170 1.1 christos NEED_FULL_PLT = 32,
2171 1.1 christos NEED_DYNREL = 64,
2172 1.1 christos NEED_LTOFF_FPTR = 128,
2173 1.1 christos NEED_TPREL = 256,
2174 1.1.1.8 christos NEED_DTPMOD = 512,
2175 1.1 christos NEED_DTPREL = 1024
2176 1.1.1.4 christos };
2177 1.1.1.8 christos int need_entry;
2178 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2179 1.1 christos unsigned long r_symndx;
2180 1.1 christos bool maybe_dynamic;
2181 1.1 christos
2182 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2183 1.1 christos return true;
2184 1.1 christos
2185 1.1 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2186 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
2187 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
2188 1.1 christos return false;
2189 1.1 christos
2190 1.1 christos got = fptr = srel = pltoff = NULL;
2191 1.1 christos
2192 1.1 christos relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2193 1.1 christos
2194 1.1 christos /* We scan relocations first to create dynamic relocation arrays. We
2195 1.1 christos modified get_dyn_sym_info to allow fast insertion and support fast
2196 1.1 christos lookup in the next loop. */
2197 1.1 christos for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
2198 1.1 christos {
2199 1.1 christos r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2200 1.1 christos if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2201 1.1 christos {
2202 1.1 christos long indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2203 1.1 christos h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
2204 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2205 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2206 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2207 1.1 christos }
2208 1.1 christos else
2209 1.1.1.4 christos h = NULL;
2210 1.1 christos
2211 1.1 christos /* We can only get preliminary data on whether a symbol is
2212 1.1 christos locally or externally defined, as not all of the input files
2213 1.1 christos have yet been processed. Do something with what we know, as
2214 1.1 christos this may help reduce memory usage and processing time later. */
2215 1.1 christos maybe_dynamic = (h && ((!bfd_link_executable (info)
2216 1.1 christos && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
2217 1.1 christos || info->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs == RM_IGNORE))
2218 1.1 christos || !h->def_regular
2219 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
2220 1.1.1.4 christos
2221 1.1 christos need_entry = 0;
2222 1.1 christos switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2223 1.1 christos {
2224 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64MSB:
2225 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
2226 1.1.1.4 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2227 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2228 1.1 christos break;
2229 1.1 christos
2230 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
2231 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_TPREL;
2232 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2233 1.1 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2234 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2235 1.1 christos
2236 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
2237 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
2238 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
2239 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
2240 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2241 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2242 1.1 christos break;
2243 1.1 christos
2244 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
2245 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPREL;
2246 1.1 christos break;
2247 1.1 christos
2248 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64MSB:
2249 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
2250 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2251 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2252 1.1 christos break;
2253 1.1 christos
2254 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
2255 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPMOD;
2256 1.1 christos break;
2257 1.1 christos
2258 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR22:
2259 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64I:
2260 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32MSB:
2261 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32LSB:
2262 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64MSB:
2263 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64LSB:
2264 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_GOT | NEED_LTOFF_FPTR;
2265 1.1 christos break;
2266 1.1.1.4 christos
2267 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64I:
2268 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32MSB:
2269 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
2270 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64MSB:
2271 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
2272 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || h)
2273 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_DYNREL;
2274 1.1 christos else
2275 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR;
2276 1.1 christos break;
2277 1.1 christos
2278 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22:
2279 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF64I:
2280 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOT;
2281 1.1 christos break;
2282 1.1 christos
2283 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
2284 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOTX;
2285 1.1 christos break;
2286 1.1 christos
2287 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF22:
2288 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64I:
2289 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64MSB:
2290 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64LSB:
2291 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_PLTOFF;
2292 1.1 christos if (h)
2293 1.1 christos {
2294 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2295 1.1 christos need_entry |= NEED_MIN_PLT;
2296 1.1 christos }
2297 1.1 christos else
2298 1.1 christos {
2299 1.1 christos (*info->callbacks->warning)
2300 1.1.1.6 christos (info, _("@pltoff reloc against local symbol"), 0,
2301 1.1 christos abfd, 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
2302 1.1 christos }
2303 1.1 christos break;
2304 1.1 christos
2305 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
2306 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
2307 1.1 christos /* Depending on where this symbol is defined, we may or may not
2308 1.1 christos need a full plt entry. Only skip if we know we'll not need
2309 1.1 christos the entry -- static or symbolic, and the symbol definition
2310 1.1 christos has already been seen. */
2311 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic && rel->r_addend == 0)
2312 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FULL_PLT;
2313 1.1 christos break;
2314 1.1 christos
2315 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
2316 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
2317 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
2318 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
2319 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
2320 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
2321 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
2322 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2323 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2324 1.1.1.4 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2325 1.1 christos break;
2326 1.1 christos
2327 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
2328 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
2329 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2330 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2331 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2332 1.1 christos break;
2333 1.1 christos
2334 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL22:
2335 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64I:
2336 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32MSB:
2337 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
2338 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64MSB:
2339 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
2340 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2341 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2342 1.1 christos break;
2343 1.1 christos }
2344 1.1 christos
2345 1.1 christos if (!need_entry)
2346 1.1 christos continue;
2347 1.1 christos
2348 1.1 christos if ((need_entry & NEED_FPTR) != 0
2349 1.1 christos && rel->r_addend)
2350 1.1.1.8 christos {
2351 1.1.1.8 christos (*info->callbacks->warning)
2352 1.1 christos (info, _("non-zero addend in @fptr reloc"), 0,
2353 1.1 christos abfd, 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
2354 1.1 christos }
2355 1.1 christos
2356 1.1 christos if (get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, abfd, rel, true) == NULL)
2357 1.1 christos return false;
2358 1.1 christos }
2359 1.1 christos
2360 1.1 christos /* Now, we only do lookup without insertion, which is very fast
2361 1.1 christos with the modified get_dyn_sym_info. */
2362 1.1 christos for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
2363 1.1 christos {
2364 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
2365 1.1 christos int dynrel_type = R_IA64_NONE;
2366 1.1 christos
2367 1.1 christos r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2368 1.1 christos if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2369 1.1 christos {
2370 1.1 christos /* We're dealing with a global symbol -- find its hash entry
2371 1.1 christos and mark it as being referenced. */
2372 1.1.1.2 christos long indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2373 1.1.1.2 christos h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
2374 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2375 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2376 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2377 1.1 christos
2378 1.1 christos /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
2379 1.1 christos object. */
2380 1.1 christos h->ref_regular = 1;
2381 1.1 christos }
2382 1.1 christos else
2383 1.1.1.4 christos h = NULL;
2384 1.1 christos
2385 1.1 christos /* We can only get preliminary data on whether a symbol is
2386 1.1 christos locally or externally defined, as not all of the input files
2387 1.1 christos have yet been processed. Do something with what we know, as
2388 1.1 christos this may help reduce memory usage and processing time later. */
2389 1.1 christos maybe_dynamic = (h && ((!bfd_link_executable (info)
2390 1.1 christos && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
2391 1.1 christos || info->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs == RM_IGNORE))
2392 1.1 christos || !h->def_regular
2393 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
2394 1.1.1.4 christos
2395 1.1 christos need_entry = 0;
2396 1.1 christos switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2397 1.1.1.4 christos {
2398 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64MSB:
2399 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
2400 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2401 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2402 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_TPREL64LSB;
2403 1.1.1.4 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2404 1.1 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2405 1.1 christos break;
2406 1.1 christos
2407 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
2408 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_TPREL;
2409 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2410 1.1 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2411 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2412 1.1 christos
2413 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
2414 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
2415 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
2416 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
2417 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2418 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2419 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_DTPRELNNLSB;
2420 1.1 christos break;
2421 1.1 christos
2422 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
2423 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPREL;
2424 1.1 christos break;
2425 1.1 christos
2426 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64MSB:
2427 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
2428 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2429 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2430 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB;
2431 1.1 christos break;
2432 1.1 christos
2433 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
2434 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPMOD;
2435 1.1 christos break;
2436 1.1 christos
2437 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR22:
2438 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64I:
2439 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32MSB:
2440 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32LSB:
2441 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64MSB:
2442 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64LSB:
2443 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_GOT | NEED_LTOFF_FPTR;
2444 1.1 christos break;
2445 1.1.1.4 christos
2446 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64I:
2447 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32MSB:
2448 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
2449 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64MSB:
2450 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
2451 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || h)
2452 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_DYNREL;
2453 1.1 christos else
2454 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR;
2455 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB;
2456 1.1 christos break;
2457 1.1 christos
2458 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22:
2459 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF64I:
2460 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOT;
2461 1.1 christos break;
2462 1.1 christos
2463 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
2464 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOTX;
2465 1.1 christos break;
2466 1.1 christos
2467 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF22:
2468 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64I:
2469 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64MSB:
2470 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64LSB:
2471 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_PLTOFF;
2472 1.1 christos if (h)
2473 1.1 christos {
2474 1.1.1.6 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2475 1.1 christos need_entry |= NEED_MIN_PLT;
2476 1.1 christos }
2477 1.1 christos break;
2478 1.1 christos
2479 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
2480 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
2481 1.1 christos /* Depending on where this symbol is defined, we may or may not
2482 1.1 christos need a full plt entry. Only skip if we know we'll not need
2483 1.1 christos the entry -- static or symbolic, and the symbol definition
2484 1.1 christos has already been seen. */
2485 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic && rel->r_addend == 0)
2486 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FULL_PLT;
2487 1.1 christos break;
2488 1.1 christos
2489 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
2490 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
2491 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
2492 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
2493 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
2494 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
2495 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
2496 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2497 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2498 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2499 1.1.1.4 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_DIRNNLSB;
2500 1.1 christos break;
2501 1.1 christos
2502 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
2503 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
2504 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2505 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2506 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2507 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_IPLTLSB;
2508 1.1 christos break;
2509 1.1 christos
2510 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL22:
2511 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64I:
2512 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32MSB:
2513 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
2514 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64MSB:
2515 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
2516 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2517 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2518 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_PCRELNNLSB;
2519 1.1.1.8 christos break;
2520 1.1 christos }
2521 1.1 christos
2522 1.1 christos if (!need_entry)
2523 1.1 christos continue;
2524 1.1 christos
2525 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, abfd, rel, false);
2526 1.1 christos
2527 1.1 christos /* Record whether or not this is a local symbol. */
2528 1.1 christos dyn_i->h = h;
2529 1.1 christos
2530 1.1 christos /* Create what's needed. */
2531 1.1 christos if (need_entry & (NEED_GOT | NEED_GOTX | NEED_TPREL
2532 1.1.1.8 christos | NEED_DTPMOD | NEED_DTPREL))
2533 1.1 christos {
2534 1.1 christos if (!got)
2535 1.1 christos {
2536 1.1 christos got = get_got (abfd, info, ia64_info);
2537 1.1 christos if (!got)
2538 1.1 christos return false;
2539 1.1 christos }
2540 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_GOT)
2541 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_got = 1;
2542 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_GOTX)
2543 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_gotx = 1;
2544 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_TPREL)
2545 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_tprel = 1;
2546 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_DTPMOD)
2547 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_dtpmod = 1;
2548 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_DTPREL)
2549 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_dtprel = 1;
2550 1.1 christos }
2551 1.1.1.8 christos if (need_entry & NEED_FPTR)
2552 1.1 christos {
2553 1.1 christos if (!fptr)
2554 1.1 christos {
2555 1.1 christos fptr = get_fptr (abfd, info, ia64_info);
2556 1.1 christos if (!fptr)
2557 1.1.1.4 christos return false;
2558 1.1 christos }
2559 1.1 christos
2560 1.1 christos /* FPTRs for shared libraries are allocated by the dynamic
2561 1.1.1.8 christos linker. Make sure this local symbol will appear in the
2562 1.1 christos dynamic symbol table. */
2563 1.1 christos if (!h && bfd_link_pic (info))
2564 1.1 christos {
2565 1.1 christos if (! (bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol
2566 1.1 christos (info, abfd, (long) r_symndx)))
2567 1.1 christos return false;
2568 1.1 christos }
2569 1.1 christos
2570 1.1.1.6 christos dyn_i->want_fptr = 1;
2571 1.1 christos }
2572 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_LTOFF_FPTR)
2573 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr = 1;
2574 1.1 christos if (need_entry & (NEED_MIN_PLT | NEED_FULL_PLT))
2575 1.1 christos {
2576 1.1 christos if (!ia64_info->root.dynobj)
2577 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = abfd;
2578 1.1 christos h->needs_plt = 1;
2579 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt = 1;
2580 1.1 christos }
2581 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_FULL_PLT)
2582 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt2 = 1;
2583 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_PLTOFF)
2584 1.1 christos {
2585 1.1.1.8 christos /* This is needed here, in case @pltoff is used in a non-shared
2586 1.1 christos link. */
2587 1.1 christos if (!pltoff)
2588 1.1 christos {
2589 1.1 christos pltoff = get_pltoff (abfd, info, ia64_info);
2590 1.1 christos if (!pltoff)
2591 1.1 christos return false;
2592 1.1 christos }
2593 1.1 christos
2594 1.1.1.8 christos dyn_i->want_pltoff = 1;
2595 1.1 christos }
2596 1.1.1.8 christos if ((need_entry & NEED_DYNREL) && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC))
2597 1.1 christos {
2598 1.1 christos if (!srel)
2599 1.1 christos {
2600 1.1.1.8 christos srel = get_reloc_section (abfd, ia64_info, sec, true);
2601 1.1 christos if (!srel)
2602 1.1 christos return false;
2603 1.1 christos }
2604 1.1.1.8 christos if (!count_dyn_reloc (abfd, dyn_i, srel, dynrel_type,
2605 1.1 christos (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0))
2606 1.1 christos return false;
2607 1.1 christos }
2608 1.1 christos }
2609 1.1 christos
2610 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
2611 1.1 christos }
2612 1.1 christos
2613 1.1 christos /* For cleanliness, and potentially faster dynamic loading, allocate
2614 1.1 christos external GOT entries first. */
2615 1.1 christos
2616 1.1 christos static bool
2617 1.1 christos allocate_global_data_got (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2618 1.1 christos void * data)
2619 1.1 christos {
2620 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2621 1.1 christos
2622 1.1 christos if ((dyn_i->want_got || dyn_i->want_gotx)
2623 1.1 christos && ! dyn_i->want_fptr
2624 1.1 christos && elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0))
2625 1.1 christos {
2626 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = x->ofs;
2627 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2628 1.1 christos }
2629 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_tprel)
2630 1.1 christos {
2631 1.1 christos dyn_i->tprel_offset = x->ofs;
2632 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2633 1.1 christos }
2634 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_dtpmod)
2635 1.1 christos {
2636 1.1 christos if (elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0))
2637 1.1 christos {
2638 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtpmod_offset = x->ofs;
2639 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2640 1.1 christos }
2641 1.1.1.8 christos else
2642 1.1 christos {
2643 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
2644 1.1 christos
2645 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (x->info);
2646 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
2647 1.1 christos return false;
2648 1.1 christos
2649 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
2650 1.1 christos {
2651 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset = x->ofs;
2652 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2653 1.1 christos }
2654 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtpmod_offset = ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset;
2655 1.1 christos }
2656 1.1.1.8 christos }
2657 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_dtprel)
2658 1.1 christos {
2659 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtprel_offset = x->ofs;
2660 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2661 1.1.1.8 christos }
2662 1.1 christos return true;
2663 1.1 christos }
2664 1.1 christos
2665 1.1 christos /* Next, allocate all the GOT entries used by LTOFF_FPTR relocs. */
2666 1.1 christos
2667 1.1 christos static bool
2668 1.1 christos allocate_global_fptr_got (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2669 1.1 christos void * data)
2670 1.1 christos {
2671 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2672 1.1 christos
2673 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_got
2674 1.1.1.8 christos && dyn_i->want_fptr
2675 1.1 christos && elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB))
2676 1.1 christos {
2677 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = x->ofs;
2678 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2679 1.1.1.8 christos }
2680 1.1 christos return true;
2681 1.1 christos }
2682 1.1 christos
2683 1.1 christos /* Lastly, allocate all the GOT entries for local data. */
2684 1.1 christos
2685 1.1 christos static bool
2686 1.1 christos allocate_local_got (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2687 1.1 christos void * data)
2688 1.1 christos {
2689 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2690 1.1 christos
2691 1.1.1.8 christos if ((dyn_i->want_got || dyn_i->want_gotx)
2692 1.1 christos && !elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0))
2693 1.1 christos {
2694 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = x->ofs;
2695 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2696 1.1 christos }
2697 1.1 christos return true;
2698 1.1 christos }
2699 1.1 christos
2700 1.1 christos /* Search for the index of a global symbol in it's defining object file. */
2701 1.1 christos
2702 1.1 christos static long
2703 1.1 christos global_sym_index (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2704 1.1 christos {
2705 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry **p;
2706 1.1 christos bfd *obj;
2707 1.1 christos
2708 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2709 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2710 1.1 christos
2711 1.1 christos obj = h->root.u.def.section->owner;
2712 1.1 christos for (p = elf_sym_hashes (obj); *p != h; ++p)
2713 1.1 christos continue;
2714 1.1 christos
2715 1.1.1.8 christos return p - elf_sym_hashes (obj) + elf_tdata (obj)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
2716 1.1 christos }
2717 1.1 christos
2718 1.1 christos /* Allocate function descriptors. We can do these for every function
2719 1.1 christos in a main executable that is not exported. */
2720 1.1 christos
2721 1.1 christos static bool
2722 1.1 christos allocate_fptr (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data)
2723 1.1 christos {
2724 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2725 1.1 christos
2726 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
2727 1.1 christos {
2728 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = dyn_i->h;
2729 1.1.1.4 christos
2730 1.1 christos if (h)
2731 1.1.1.8 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2732 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2733 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2734 1.1 christos
2735 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_executable (x->info)
2736 1.1 christos && (!h
2737 1.1 christos || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2738 1.1 christos || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2739 1.1 christos && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
2740 1.1 christos {
2741 1.1 christos if (h && h->dynindx == -1)
2742 1.1 christos {
2743 1.1.1.8 christos BFD_ASSERT ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
2744 1.1 christos || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
2745 1.1 christos
2746 1.1 christos if (!bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol
2747 1.1 christos (x->info, h->root.u.def.section->owner,
2748 1.1 christos global_sym_index (h)))
2749 1.1 christos return false;
2750 1.1 christos }
2751 1.1 christos
2752 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_fptr = 0;
2753 1.1 christos }
2754 1.1 christos else if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
2755 1.1 christos {
2756 1.1.1.8 christos dyn_i->fptr_offset = x->ofs;
2757 1.1 christos x->ofs += 16;
2758 1.1 christos }
2759 1.1 christos else
2760 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_fptr = 0;
2761 1.1.1.8 christos }
2762 1.1 christos return true;
2763 1.1 christos }
2764 1.1 christos
2765 1.1 christos /* Allocate all the minimal PLT entries. */
2766 1.1 christos
2767 1.1 christos static bool
2768 1.1 christos allocate_plt_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2769 1.1 christos void * data)
2770 1.1 christos {
2771 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2772 1.1 christos
2773 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_plt)
2774 1.1 christos {
2775 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = dyn_i->h;
2776 1.1 christos
2777 1.1 christos if (h)
2778 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2779 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2780 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2781 1.1 christos
2782 1.1 christos /* ??? Versioned symbols seem to lose NEEDS_PLT. */
2783 1.1 christos if (elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (h, x->info, 0))
2784 1.1 christos {
2785 1.1 christos bfd_size_type offset = x->ofs;
2786 1.1 christos if (offset == 0)
2787 1.1 christos offset = PLT_HEADER_SIZE;
2788 1.1 christos dyn_i->plt_offset = offset;
2789 1.1 christos x->ofs = offset + PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE;
2790 1.1 christos
2791 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_pltoff = 1;
2792 1.1 christos }
2793 1.1.1.8 christos else
2794 1.1 christos {
2795 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt = 0;
2796 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt2 = 0;
2797 1.1 christos }
2798 1.1.1.8 christos }
2799 1.1 christos return true;
2800 1.1 christos }
2801 1.1 christos
2802 1.1 christos /* Allocate all the full PLT entries. */
2803 1.1 christos
2804 1.1 christos static bool
2805 1.1 christos allocate_plt2_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2806 1.1 christos void * data)
2807 1.1 christos {
2808 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2809 1.1 christos
2810 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_plt2)
2811 1.1 christos {
2812 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = dyn_i->h;
2813 1.1 christos bfd_size_type ofs = x->ofs;
2814 1.1 christos
2815 1.1 christos dyn_i->plt2_offset = ofs;
2816 1.1 christos x->ofs = ofs + PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE;
2817 1.1.1.8 christos
2818 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2819 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2820 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2821 1.1 christos dyn_i->h->plt.offset = ofs;
2822 1.1 christos }
2823 1.1 christos return true;
2824 1.1 christos }
2825 1.1.1.8 christos
2826 1.1 christos /* Allocate all the PLTOFF entries requested by relocations and
2827 1.1 christos plt entries. We can't share space with allocated FPTR entries,
2828 1.1 christos because the latter are not necessarily addressable by the GP.
2829 1.1 christos ??? Relaxation might be able to determine that they are. */
2830 1.1 christos
2831 1.1 christos static bool
2832 1.1 christos allocate_pltoff_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2833 1.1 christos void * data)
2834 1.1 christos {
2835 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2836 1.1.1.8 christos
2837 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_pltoff)
2838 1.1 christos {
2839 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_offset = x->ofs;
2840 1.1 christos x->ofs += 16;
2841 1.1 christos }
2842 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
2843 1.1 christos }
2844 1.1 christos
2845 1.1 christos /* Allocate dynamic relocations for those symbols that turned out
2846 1.1 christos to be dynamic. */
2847 1.1 christos
2848 1.1 christos static bool
2849 1.1.1.8 christos allocate_dynrel_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2850 1.1 christos void * data)
2851 1.1 christos {
2852 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2853 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
2854 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *rent;
2855 1.1 christos bool dynamic_symbol, shared, resolved_zero;
2856 1.1 christos
2857 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (x->info);
2858 1.1.1.4 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
2859 1.1 christos return false;
2860 1.1.1.8 christos
2861 1.1.1.8 christos /* Note that this can't be used in relation to FPTR relocs below. */
2862 1.1 christos dynamic_symbol = elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0);
2863 1.1 christos
2864 1.1 christos shared = bfd_link_pic (x->info);
2865 1.1 christos resolved_zero = (dyn_i->h
2866 1.1 christos && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (dyn_i->h->other)
2867 1.1 christos && dyn_i->h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
2868 1.1 christos
2869 1.1 christos /* Take care of the GOT and PLT relocations. */
2870 1.1 christos
2871 1.1 christos if ((!resolved_zero
2872 1.1 christos && (dynamic_symbol || shared)
2873 1.1.1.4 christos && (dyn_i->want_got || dyn_i->want_gotx))
2874 1.1 christos || (dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr
2875 1.1 christos && dyn_i->h
2876 1.1 christos && dyn_i->h->dynindx != -1))
2877 1.1 christos {
2878 1.1 christos if (!dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr
2879 1.1 christos || !bfd_link_pie (x->info)
2880 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h == NULL
2881 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2882 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2883 1.1 christos }
2884 1.1 christos if ((dynamic_symbol || shared) && dyn_i->want_tprel)
2885 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2886 1.1.1.8 christos if (dynamic_symbol && dyn_i->want_dtpmod)
2887 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2888 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol && dyn_i->want_dtprel)
2889 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2890 1.1 christos
2891 1.1 christos if (x->only_got)
2892 1.1 christos return true;
2893 1.1 christos
2894 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec && dyn_i->want_fptr)
2895 1.1 christos {
2896 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->h == NULL || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2897 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2898 1.1 christos }
2899 1.1 christos
2900 1.1 christos if (!resolved_zero && dyn_i->want_pltoff)
2901 1.1 christos {
2902 1.1 christos bfd_size_type t = 0;
2903 1.1 christos
2904 1.1 christos /* Dynamic symbols get one IPLT relocation. Local symbols in
2905 1.1 christos shared libraries get two REL relocations. Local symbols in
2906 1.1 christos main applications get nothing. */
2907 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol)
2908 1.1 christos t = sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2909 1.1 christos else if (shared)
2910 1.1 christos t = 2 * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2911 1.1 christos
2912 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->size += t;
2913 1.1 christos }
2914 1.1 christos
2915 1.1 christos /* Take care of the normal data relocations. */
2916 1.1 christos
2917 1.1 christos for (rent = dyn_i->reloc_entries; rent; rent = rent->next)
2918 1.1 christos {
2919 1.1 christos int count = rent->count;
2920 1.1 christos
2921 1.1 christos switch (rent->type)
2922 1.1 christos {
2923 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
2924 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
2925 1.1 christos /* Allocate one iff !want_fptr and not PIE, which by this point
2926 1.1 christos will be true only if we're actually allocating one statically
2927 1.1 christos in the main executable. Position independent executables
2928 1.1 christos need a relative reloc. */
2929 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr && !bfd_link_pie (x->info))
2930 1.1 christos continue;
2931 1.1 christos break;
2932 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
2933 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
2934 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol)
2935 1.1 christos continue;
2936 1.1 christos break;
2937 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
2938 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
2939 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol && !shared)
2940 1.1 christos continue;
2941 1.1 christos break;
2942 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
2943 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol && !shared)
2944 1.1 christos continue;
2945 1.1 christos /* Use two REL relocations for IPLT relocations
2946 1.1 christos against local symbols. */
2947 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol)
2948 1.1 christos count *= 2;
2949 1.1 christos break;
2950 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
2951 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
2952 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
2953 1.1.1.7 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
2954 1.1 christos break;
2955 1.1 christos default:
2956 1.1 christos abort ();
2957 1.1.1.8 christos }
2958 1.1 christos if (rent->reltext)
2959 1.1 christos x->info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
2960 1.1.1.8 christos rent->srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela) * count;
2961 1.1 christos }
2962 1.1 christos
2963 1.1 christos return true;
2964 1.1 christos }
2965 1.1 christos
2966 1.1 christos static bool
2967 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2968 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2969 1.1 christos {
2970 1.1.1.6 christos /* ??? Undefined symbols with PLT entries should be re-defined
2971 1.1 christos to be the PLT entry. */
2972 1.1.1.6 christos
2973 1.1.1.6 christos /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2974 1.1.1.6 christos processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2975 1.1.1.6 christos real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2976 1.1.1.8 christos if (h->is_weakalias)
2977 1.1 christos {
2978 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
2979 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
2980 1.1 christos h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
2981 1.1 christos h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
2982 1.1 christos return true;
2983 1.1 christos }
2984 1.1 christos
2985 1.1 christos /* If this is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2986 1.1.1.8 christos is not a function, we might allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section
2987 1.1 christos and allocate a COPY dynamic relocation.
2988 1.1 christos
2989 1.1.1.8 christos But IA-64 code is canonically PIC, so as a rule we can avoid this sort
2990 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant of hackery. */
2991 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant
2992 1.1 christos return true;
2993 1.1 christos }
2994 1.1 christos
2995 1.1 christos static bool
2996 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2997 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info)
2998 1.1 christos {
2999 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data data;
3000 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3001 1.1.1.5 christos asection *sec;
3002 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant bfd *dynobj;
3003 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant
3004 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3005 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3006 1.1 christos return false;
3007 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
3008 1.1 christos if (dynobj == NULL)
3009 1.1.1.4 christos return true;
3010 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3011 1.1 christos data.info = info;
3012 1.1 christos
3013 1.1 christos /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3014 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created
3015 1.1 christos && bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3016 1.1 christos {
3017 1.1 christos sec = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3018 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
3019 1.1 christos sec->contents = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3020 1.1 christos sec->size = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER) + 1;
3021 1.1 christos }
3022 1.1 christos
3023 1.1 christos /* Allocate the GOT entries. */
3024 1.1 christos
3025 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.sgot)
3026 1.1 christos {
3027 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3028 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_data_got, &data);
3029 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_fptr_got, &data);
3030 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_local_got, &data);
3031 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.sgot->size = data.ofs;
3032 1.1 christos }
3033 1.1 christos
3034 1.1 christos /* Allocate the FPTR entries. */
3035 1.1 christos
3036 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->fptr_sec)
3037 1.1 christos {
3038 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3039 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_fptr, &data);
3040 1.1 christos ia64_info->fptr_sec->size = data.ofs;
3041 1.1 christos }
3042 1.1 christos
3043 1.1 christos /* Now that we've seen all of the input files, we can decide which
3044 1.1 christos symbols need plt entries. Allocate the minimal PLT entries first.
3045 1.1 christos We do this even though dynamic_sections_created may be FALSE, because
3046 1.1 christos this has the side-effect of clearing want_plt and want_plt2. */
3047 1.1 christos
3048 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3049 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_plt_entries, &data);
3050 1.1 christos
3051 1.1 christos ia64_info->minplt_entries = 0;
3052 1.1 christos if (data.ofs)
3053 1.1 christos {
3054 1.1 christos ia64_info->minplt_entries
3055 1.1 christos = (data.ofs - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE;
3056 1.1 christos }
3057 1.1 christos
3058 1.1 christos /* Align the pointer for the plt2 entries. */
3059 1.1 christos data.ofs = (data.ofs + 31) & (bfd_vma) -32;
3060 1.1 christos
3061 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_plt2_entries, &data);
3062 1.1 christos if (data.ofs != 0 || ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3063 1.1 christos {
3064 1.1 christos /* FIXME: we always reserve the memory for dynamic linker even if
3065 1.1 christos there are no PLT entries since dynamic linker may assume the
3066 1.1 christos reserved memory always exists. */
3067 1.1 christos
3068 1.1.1.5 christos BFD_ASSERT (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created);
3069 1.1 christos
3070 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.splt->size = data.ofs;
3071 1.1 christos
3072 1.1 christos /* If we've got a .plt, we need some extra memory for the dynamic
3073 1.1 christos linker. We stuff these in .got.plt. */
3074 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.sgotplt->size = 8 * PLT_RESERVED_WORDS;
3075 1.1 christos }
3076 1.1 christos
3077 1.1 christos /* Allocate the PLTOFF entries. */
3078 1.1 christos
3079 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->pltoff_sec)
3080 1.1 christos {
3081 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3082 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_pltoff_entries, &data);
3083 1.1 christos ia64_info->pltoff_sec->size = data.ofs;
3084 1.1 christos }
3085 1.1.1.4 christos
3086 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3087 1.1.1.8 christos {
3088 1.1 christos /* Allocate space for the dynamic relocations that turned out to be
3089 1.1 christos required. */
3090 1.1 christos
3091 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) && ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
3092 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
3093 1.1 christos data.only_got = false;
3094 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_dynrel_entries, &data);
3095 1.1.1.8 christos }
3096 1.1 christos
3097 1.1 christos /* We have now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3098 1.1 christos Allocate memory for them. */
3099 1.1 christos for (sec = dynobj->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3100 1.1 christos {
3101 1.1 christos bool strip;
3102 1.1 christos
3103 1.1 christos if (!(sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
3104 1.1 christos continue;
3105 1.1 christos
3106 1.1 christos /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the output file.
3107 1.1 christos There were several sections primarily related to dynamic
3108 1.1 christos linking that must be create before the linker maps input
3109 1.1 christos sections to output sections. The linker does that before
3110 1.1 christos bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections is called, and it is that
3111 1.1.1.8 christos function which decides whether anything needs to go into
3112 1.1 christos these sections. */
3113 1.1 christos
3114 1.1 christos strip = (sec->size == 0);
3115 1.1 christos
3116 1.1 christos if (sec == ia64_info->root.sgot)
3117 1.1 christos strip = false;
3118 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->root.srelgot)
3119 1.1 christos {
3120 1.1 christos if (strip)
3121 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot = NULL;
3122 1.1 christos else
3123 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3124 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3125 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3126 1.1 christos }
3127 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->fptr_sec)
3128 1.1 christos {
3129 1.1 christos if (strip)
3130 1.1 christos ia64_info->fptr_sec = NULL;
3131 1.1 christos }
3132 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec)
3133 1.1 christos {
3134 1.1 christos if (strip)
3135 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec = NULL;
3136 1.1 christos else
3137 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3138 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3139 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3140 1.1 christos }
3141 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->root.splt)
3142 1.1 christos {
3143 1.1 christos if (strip)
3144 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.splt = NULL;
3145 1.1 christos }
3146 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->pltoff_sec)
3147 1.1 christos {
3148 1.1 christos if (strip)
3149 1.1 christos ia64_info->pltoff_sec = NULL;
3150 1.1 christos }
3151 1.1.1.8 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec)
3152 1.1 christos {
3153 1.1 christos if (strip)
3154 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec = NULL;
3155 1.1 christos else
3156 1.1 christos {
3157 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dt_jmprel_required = true;
3158 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3159 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3160 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3161 1.1 christos }
3162 1.1 christos }
3163 1.1.1.7 christos else
3164 1.1 christos {
3165 1.1 christos const char *name;
3166 1.1.1.8 christos
3167 1.1.1.8 christos /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
3168 1.1 christos of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
3169 1.1 christos name = bfd_section_name (sec);
3170 1.1 christos
3171 1.1 christos if (strcmp (name, ".got.plt") == 0)
3172 1.1 christos strip = false;
3173 1.1 christos else if (startswith (name, ".rel"))
3174 1.1 christos {
3175 1.1 christos if (!strip)
3176 1.1 christos {
3177 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3178 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3179 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3180 1.1 christos }
3181 1.1 christos }
3182 1.1 christos else
3183 1.1 christos continue;
3184 1.1 christos }
3185 1.1 christos
3186 1.1 christos if (strip)
3187 1.1.1.8 christos sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3188 1.1 christos else
3189 1.1 christos {
3190 1.1 christos /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
3191 1.1.1.5 christos sec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sec->size);
3192 1.1 christos if (sec->contents == NULL && sec->size != 0)
3193 1.1 christos return false;
3194 1.1 christos }
3195 1.1 christos }
3196 1.1 christos
3197 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3198 1.1 christos {
3199 1.1 christos /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the values
3200 1.1.1.8 christos later (in finish_dynamic_sections) but we must add the entries now
3201 1.1.1.8 christos so that we get the correct size for the .dynamic section. */
3202 1.1 christos
3203 1.1.1.7 christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3204 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3205 1.1 christos
3206 1.1 christos if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, true))
3207 1.1 christos return false;
3208 1.1 christos
3209 1.1.1.8 christos if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_IA_64_PLT_RESERVE, 0))
3210 1.1 christos return false;
3211 1.1 christos }
3212 1.1 christos
3213 1.1 christos /* ??? Perhaps force __gp local. */
3214 1.1 christos
3215 1.1 christos return true;
3216 1.1 christos }
3217 1.1 christos
3218 1.1 christos static void
3219 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3220 1.1 christos asection *sec, asection *srel,
3221 1.1 christos bfd_vma offset, unsigned int type,
3222 1.1 christos long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3223 1.1 christos {
3224 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3225 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc;
3226 1.1 christos
3227 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (dynindx != -1);
3228 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (dynindx, type);
3229 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = addend;
3230 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
3231 1.1 christos if (outrel.r_offset >= (bfd_vma) -2)
3232 1.1 christos {
3233 1.1 christos /* Run for the hills. We shouldn't be outputting a relocation
3234 1.1 christos for this. So do what everyone else does and output a no-op. */
3235 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_NONE);
3236 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = 0;
3237 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = 0;
3238 1.1 christos }
3239 1.1 christos else
3240 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3241 1.1 christos
3242 1.1 christos loc = srel->contents;
3243 1.1 christos loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
3244 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
3245 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela) * srel->reloc_count <= srel->size);
3246 1.1 christos }
3247 1.1 christos
3248 1.1 christos /* Store an entry for target address TARGET_ADDR in the linkage table
3249 1.1 christos and return the gp-relative address of the linkage table entry. */
3250 1.1 christos
3251 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3252 1.1 christos set_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3253 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
3254 1.1 christos long dynindx, bfd_vma addend, bfd_vma value,
3255 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type)
3256 1.1 christos {
3257 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3258 1.1 christos asection *got_sec;
3259 1.1 christos bool done;
3260 1.1 christos bfd_vma got_offset;
3261 1.1 christos
3262 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3263 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3264 1.1 christos return 0;
3265 1.1 christos
3266 1.1.1.8 christos got_sec = ia64_info->root.sgot;
3267 1.1 christos
3268 1.1 christos switch (dyn_r_type)
3269 1.1 christos {
3270 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
3271 1.1 christos done = dyn_i->tprel_done;
3272 1.1 christos dyn_i->tprel_done = true;
3273 1.1.1.8 christos got_offset = dyn_i->tprel_offset;
3274 1.1 christos break;
3275 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
3276 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->dtpmod_offset != ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset)
3277 1.1 christos {
3278 1.1.1.8 christos done = dyn_i->dtpmod_done;
3279 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtpmod_done = true;
3280 1.1 christos }
3281 1.1 christos else
3282 1.1 christos {
3283 1.1 christos done = ia64_info->self_dtpmod_done;
3284 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_done = true;
3285 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
3286 1.1.1.8 christos }
3287 1.1 christos got_offset = dyn_i->dtpmod_offset;
3288 1.1 christos break;
3289 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
3290 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
3291 1.1.1.8 christos done = dyn_i->dtprel_done;
3292 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtprel_done = true;
3293 1.1 christos got_offset = dyn_i->dtprel_offset;
3294 1.1 christos break;
3295 1.1 christos default:
3296 1.1 christos done = dyn_i->got_done;
3297 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_done = true;
3298 1.1 christos got_offset = dyn_i->got_offset;
3299 1.1 christos break;
3300 1.1 christos }
3301 1.1 christos
3302 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT ((got_offset & 7) == 0);
3303 1.1 christos
3304 1.1.1.4 christos if (! done)
3305 1.1 christos {
3306 1.1.1.8 christos /* Store the target address in the linkage table entry. */
3307 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, value, got_sec->contents + got_offset);
3308 1.1 christos
3309 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation if needed. */
3310 1.1.1.6 christos if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
3311 1.1 christos && (!dyn_i->h
3312 1.1 christos || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (dyn_i->h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3313 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3314 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB
3315 1.1.1.4 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB)
3316 1.1 christos || elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, info, dyn_r_type)
3317 1.1 christos || (dynindx != -1
3318 1.1 christos && (dyn_r_type == R_IA64_FPTR32LSB
3319 1.1 christos || dyn_r_type == R_IA64_FPTR64LSB)))
3320 1.1 christos && (!dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr
3321 1.1 christos || !bfd_link_pie (info)
3322 1.1 christos || !dyn_i->h
3323 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3324 1.1 christos {
3325 1.1 christos if (dynindx == -1
3326 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_TPREL64LSB
3327 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB
3328 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB
3329 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB)
3330 1.1 christos {
3331 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_RELNNLSB;
3332 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
3333 1.1 christos addend = value;
3334 1.1 christos }
3335 1.1 christos
3336 1.1 christos if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
3337 1.1 christos {
3338 1.1 christos switch (dyn_r_type)
3339 1.1 christos {
3340 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL32LSB:
3341 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL32MSB;
3342 1.1 christos break;
3343 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
3344 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DIR32MSB;
3345 1.1 christos break;
3346 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
3347 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_FPTR32MSB;
3348 1.1 christos break;
3349 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
3350 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB;
3351 1.1 christos break;
3352 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL64LSB:
3353 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64MSB;
3354 1.1 christos break;
3355 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
3356 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DIR64MSB;
3357 1.1 christos break;
3358 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
3359 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_FPTR64MSB;
3360 1.1 christos break;
3361 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
3362 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_TPREL64MSB;
3363 1.1 christos break;
3364 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
3365 1.1.1.8 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DTPMOD64MSB;
3366 1.1 christos break;
3367 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
3368 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB;
3369 1.1 christos break;
3370 1.1 christos default:
3371 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (false);
3372 1.1 christos break;
3373 1.1 christos }
3374 1.1 christos }
3375 1.1 christos
3376 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (abfd, NULL, got_sec,
3377 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot,
3378 1.1 christos got_offset, dyn_r_type,
3379 1.1 christos dynindx, addend);
3380 1.1 christos }
3381 1.1 christos }
3382 1.1 christos
3383 1.1 christos /* Return the address of the linkage table entry. */
3384 1.1 christos value = (got_sec->output_section->vma
3385 1.1 christos + got_sec->output_offset
3386 1.1 christos + got_offset);
3387 1.1 christos
3388 1.1 christos return value;
3389 1.1 christos }
3390 1.1 christos
3391 1.1 christos /* Fill in a function descriptor consisting of the function's code
3392 1.1 christos address and its global pointer. Return the descriptor's address. */
3393 1.1 christos
3394 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3395 1.1 christos set_fptr_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3396 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
3397 1.1 christos bfd_vma value)
3398 1.1 christos {
3399 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3400 1.1 christos asection *fptr_sec;
3401 1.1 christos
3402 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3403 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3404 1.1 christos return 0;
3405 1.1 christos
3406 1.1 christos fptr_sec = ia64_info->fptr_sec;
3407 1.1 christos
3408 1.1 christos if (!dyn_i->fptr_done)
3409 1.1 christos {
3410 1.1 christos dyn_i->fptr_done = 1;
3411 1.1 christos
3412 1.1 christos /* Fill in the function descriptor. */
3413 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, value, fptr_sec->contents + dyn_i->fptr_offset);
3414 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd),
3415 1.1 christos fptr_sec->contents + dyn_i->fptr_offset + 8);
3416 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec)
3417 1.1 christos {
3418 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3419 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc;
3420 1.1 christos
3421 1.1 christos if (bfd_little_endian (abfd))
3422 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_IPLTLSB);
3423 1.1 christos else
3424 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_IPLTMSB);
3425 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = value;
3426 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = (fptr_sec->output_section->vma
3427 1.1 christos + fptr_sec->output_offset
3428 1.1 christos + dyn_i->fptr_offset);
3429 1.1 christos loc = ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec->contents;
3430 1.1 christos loc += ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec->reloc_count++
3431 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
3432 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
3433 1.1 christos }
3434 1.1 christos }
3435 1.1 christos
3436 1.1 christos /* Return the descriptor's address. */
3437 1.1 christos value = (fptr_sec->output_section->vma
3438 1.1 christos + fptr_sec->output_offset
3439 1.1 christos + dyn_i->fptr_offset);
3440 1.1 christos
3441 1.1 christos return value;
3442 1.1 christos }
3443 1.1 christos
3444 1.1.1.8 christos /* Fill in a PLTOFF entry consisting of the function's code address
3445 1.1 christos and its global pointer. Return the descriptor's address. */
3446 1.1 christos
3447 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3448 1.1 christos set_pltoff_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3449 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
3450 1.1 christos bfd_vma value, bool is_plt)
3451 1.1 christos {
3452 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3453 1.1 christos asection *pltoff_sec;
3454 1.1 christos
3455 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3456 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3457 1.1 christos return 0;
3458 1.1 christos
3459 1.1 christos pltoff_sec = ia64_info->pltoff_sec;
3460 1.1 christos
3461 1.1 christos /* Don't do anything if this symbol uses a real PLT entry. In
3462 1.1 christos that case, we'll fill this in during finish_dynamic_symbol. */
3463 1.1 christos if ((! dyn_i->want_plt || is_plt)
3464 1.1 christos && !dyn_i->pltoff_done)
3465 1.1 christos {
3466 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3467 1.1 christos
3468 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fill in the function descriptor. */
3469 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, value, pltoff_sec->contents + dyn_i->pltoff_offset);
3470 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, gp, pltoff_sec->contents + dyn_i->pltoff_offset + 8);
3471 1.1 christos
3472 1.1 christos /* Install dynamic relocations if needed. */
3473 1.1 christos if (!is_plt
3474 1.1 christos && bfd_link_pic (info)
3475 1.1 christos && (!dyn_i->h
3476 1.1 christos || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (dyn_i->h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3477 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3478 1.1 christos {
3479 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type;
3480 1.1 christos
3481 1.1 christos if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
3482 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_RELNNMSB;
3483 1.1 christos else
3484 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_RELNNLSB;
3485 1.1 christos
3486 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (abfd, NULL, pltoff_sec,
3487 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec,
3488 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_offset,
3489 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, value);
3490 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (abfd, NULL, pltoff_sec,
3491 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec,
3492 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_offset + ARCH_SIZE / 8,
3493 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, gp);
3494 1.1 christos }
3495 1.1 christos
3496 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_done = 1;
3497 1.1 christos }
3498 1.1 christos
3499 1.1 christos /* Return the descriptor's address. */
3500 1.1 christos value = (pltoff_sec->output_section->vma
3501 1.1 christos + pltoff_sec->output_offset
3502 1.1 christos + dyn_i->pltoff_offset);
3503 1.1 christos
3504 1.1 christos return value;
3505 1.1 christos }
3506 1.1 christos
3507 1.1 christos /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
3508 1.1 christos when resolving @tprel() relocation.
3509 1.1 christos Main program TLS (whose template starts at PT_TLS p_vaddr)
3510 1.1 christos is assigned offset round(2 * size of pointer, PT_TLS p_align). */
3511 1.1 christos
3512 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3513 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3514 1.1 christos {
3515 1.1 christos asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
3516 1.1 christos return tls_sec->vma - align_power ((bfd_vma) ARCH_SIZE / 4,
3517 1.1 christos tls_sec->alignment_power);
3518 1.1 christos }
3519 1.1 christos
3520 1.1 christos /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
3521 1.1 christos when resolving @dtprel() relocation.
3522 1.1 christos This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
3523 1.1 christos
3524 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3525 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3526 1.1 christos {
3527 1.1 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
3528 1.1 christos }
3529 1.1 christos
3530 1.1 christos /* Called through qsort to sort the .IA_64.unwind section during a
3531 1.1 christos non-relocatable link. Set elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd
3532 1.1 christos to the output bfd so we can do proper endianness frobbing. */
3533 1.1 christos
3534 1.1 christos static bfd *elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd;
3535 1.1 christos
3536 1.1 christos static int
3537 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare (const void * a, const void * b)
3538 1.1 christos {
3539 1.1 christos bfd_vma av, bv;
3540 1.1 christos
3541 1.1 christos av = bfd_get_64 (elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd, a);
3542 1.1.1.8 christos bv = bfd_get_64 (elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd, b);
3543 1.1.1.8 christos
3544 1.1 christos return (av < bv ? -1 : av > bv ? 1 : 0);
3545 1.1 christos }
3546 1.1 christos
3547 1.1 christos /* Make sure we've got ourselves a nice fat __gp value. */
3548 1.1 christos static bool
3549 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_choose_gp (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bool final)
3550 1.1 christos {
3551 1.1 christos bfd_vma min_vma = (bfd_vma) -1, max_vma = 0;
3552 1.1 christos bfd_vma min_short_vma = min_vma, max_short_vma = 0;
3553 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *gp;
3554 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
3555 1.1 christos asection *os;
3556 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3557 1.1 christos
3558 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3559 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3560 1.1 christos return false;
3561 1.1 christos
3562 1.1 christos /* Find the min and max vma of all sections marked short. Also collect
3563 1.1 christos min and max vma of any type, for use in selecting a nice gp. */
3564 1.1 christos for (os = abfd->sections; os ; os = os->next)
3565 1.1 christos {
3566 1.1 christos bfd_vma lo, hi;
3567 1.1 christos
3568 1.1 christos if ((os->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
3569 1.1 christos continue;
3570 1.1 christos
3571 1.1 christos lo = os->vma;
3572 1.1 christos /* When this function is called from elfNN_ia64_final_link
3573 1.1 christos the correct value to use is os->size. When called from
3574 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relax_section we are in the middle of section
3575 1.1 christos sizing; some sections will already have os->size set, others
3576 1.1 christos will have os->size zero and os->rawsize the previous size. */
3577 1.1 christos hi = os->vma + (!final && os->rawsize ? os->rawsize : os->size);
3578 1.1 christos if (hi < lo)
3579 1.1 christos hi = (bfd_vma) -1;
3580 1.1 christos
3581 1.1 christos if (min_vma > lo)
3582 1.1 christos min_vma = lo;
3583 1.1 christos if (max_vma < hi)
3584 1.1 christos max_vma = hi;
3585 1.1 christos if (os->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
3586 1.1 christos {
3587 1.1 christos if (min_short_vma > lo)
3588 1.1 christos min_short_vma = lo;
3589 1.1 christos if (max_short_vma < hi)
3590 1.1 christos max_short_vma = hi;
3591 1.1 christos }
3592 1.1 christos }
3593 1.1 christos
3594 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->min_short_sec)
3595 1.1 christos {
3596 1.1 christos if (min_short_vma
3597 1.1 christos > (ia64_info->min_short_sec->vma
3598 1.1 christos + ia64_info->min_short_offset))
3599 1.1 christos min_short_vma = (ia64_info->min_short_sec->vma
3600 1.1 christos + ia64_info->min_short_offset);
3601 1.1 christos if (max_short_vma
3602 1.1 christos < (ia64_info->max_short_sec->vma
3603 1.1.1.8 christos + ia64_info->max_short_offset))
3604 1.1.1.8 christos max_short_vma = (ia64_info->max_short_sec->vma
3605 1.1 christos + ia64_info->max_short_offset);
3606 1.1 christos }
3607 1.1 christos
3608 1.1 christos /* See if the user wants to force a value. */
3609 1.1 christos gp = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__gp", false,
3610 1.1 christos false, false);
3611 1.1 christos
3612 1.1 christos if (gp
3613 1.1 christos && (gp->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3614 1.1 christos || gp->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3615 1.1 christos {
3616 1.1 christos asection *gp_sec = gp->root.u.def.section;
3617 1.1 christos gp_val = (gp->root.u.def.value
3618 1.1 christos + gp_sec->output_section->vma
3619 1.1 christos + gp_sec->output_offset);
3620 1.1 christos }
3621 1.1 christos else
3622 1.1 christos {
3623 1.1 christos /* Pick a sensible value. */
3624 1.1 christos
3625 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->min_short_sec)
3626 1.1 christos {
3627 1.1 christos bfd_vma short_range = max_short_vma - min_short_vma;
3628 1.1 christos
3629 1.1 christos /* If min_short_sec is set, pick one in the middle bewteen
3630 1.1 christos min_short_vma and max_short_vma. */
3631 1.1 christos if (short_range >= 0x400000)
3632 1.1 christos goto overflow;
3633 1.1 christos gp_val = min_short_vma + short_range / 2;
3634 1.1 christos }
3635 1.1 christos else
3636 1.1 christos {
3637 1.1 christos asection *got_sec = ia64_info->root.sgot;
3638 1.1 christos
3639 1.1 christos /* Start with just the address of the .got. */
3640 1.1 christos if (got_sec)
3641 1.1 christos gp_val = got_sec->output_section->vma;
3642 1.1 christos else if (max_short_vma != 0)
3643 1.1 christos gp_val = min_short_vma;
3644 1.1 christos else if (max_vma - min_vma < 0x200000)
3645 1.1 christos gp_val = min_vma;
3646 1.1 christos else
3647 1.1 christos gp_val = max_vma - 0x200000 + 8;
3648 1.1 christos }
3649 1.1 christos
3650 1.1 christos /* If it is possible to address the entire image, but we
3651 1.1 christos don't with the choice above, adjust. */
3652 1.1 christos if (max_vma - min_vma < 0x400000
3653 1.1 christos && (max_vma - gp_val >= 0x200000
3654 1.1 christos || gp_val - min_vma > 0x200000))
3655 1.1 christos gp_val = min_vma + 0x200000;
3656 1.1 christos else if (max_short_vma != 0)
3657 1.1 christos {
3658 1.1 christos /* If we don't cover all the short data, adjust. */
3659 1.1 christos if (max_short_vma - gp_val >= 0x200000)
3660 1.1 christos gp_val = min_short_vma + 0x200000;
3661 1.1 christos
3662 1.1 christos /* If we're addressing stuff past the end, adjust back. */
3663 1.1 christos if (gp_val > max_vma)
3664 1.1 christos gp_val = max_vma - 0x200000 + 8;
3665 1.1 christos }
3666 1.1 christos }
3667 1.1 christos
3668 1.1 christos /* Validate whether all SHF_IA_64_SHORT sections are within
3669 1.1.1.7 christos range of the chosen GP. */
3670 1.1.1.5 christos
3671 1.1.1.5 christos if (max_short_vma != 0)
3672 1.1.1.6 christos {
3673 1.1.1.6 christos if (max_short_vma - min_short_vma >= 0x400000)
3674 1.1.1.8 christos {
3675 1.1 christos overflow:
3676 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
3677 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3678 1.1 christos (_("%pB: short data segment overflowed (%#" PRIx64 " >= 0x400000)"),
3679 1.1 christos abfd, (uint64_t) (max_short_vma - min_short_vma));
3680 1.1 christos return false;
3681 1.1.1.5 christos }
3682 1.1.1.6 christos else if ((gp_val > min_short_vma
3683 1.1.1.8 christos && gp_val - min_short_vma > 0x200000)
3684 1.1 christos || (gp_val < max_short_vma
3685 1.1 christos && max_short_vma - gp_val >= 0x200000))
3686 1.1 christos {
3687 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
3688 1.1 christos (_("%pB: __gp does not cover short data segment"), abfd);
3689 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3690 1.1 christos }
3691 1.1 christos }
3692 1.1.1.8 christos
3693 1.1 christos _bfd_set_gp_value (abfd, gp_val);
3694 1.1 christos
3695 1.1 christos return true;
3696 1.1 christos }
3697 1.1 christos
3698 1.1 christos static bool
3699 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3700 1.1.1.8 christos {
3701 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3702 1.1 christos asection *unwind_output_sec;
3703 1.1.1.4 christos
3704 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3705 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3706 1.1 christos return false;
3707 1.1 christos
3708 1.1 christos /* Make sure we've got ourselves a nice fat __gp value. */
3709 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3710 1.1 christos {
3711 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
3712 1.1.1.8 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *gp;
3713 1.1 christos
3714 1.1 christos /* We assume after gp is set, section size will only decrease. We
3715 1.1.1.8 christos need to adjust gp for it. */
3716 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_set_gp_value (abfd, 0);
3717 1.1 christos if (! elfNN_ia64_choose_gp (abfd, info, true))
3718 1.1 christos return false;
3719 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3720 1.1 christos
3721 1.1 christos gp = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__gp", false,
3722 1.1 christos false, false);
3723 1.1 christos if (gp)
3724 1.1 christos {
3725 1.1 christos gp->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
3726 1.1 christos gp->root.u.def.value = gp_val;
3727 1.1 christos gp->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
3728 1.1 christos }
3729 1.1.1.4 christos }
3730 1.1 christos
3731 1.1 christos /* If we're producing a final executable, we need to sort the contents
3732 1.1 christos of the .IA_64.unwind section. Force this section to be relocated
3733 1.1 christos into memory rather than written immediately to the output file. */
3734 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec = NULL;
3735 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3736 1.1 christos {
3737 1.1 christos asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind);
3738 1.1.1.8 christos if (s)
3739 1.1 christos {
3740 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec = s->output_section;
3741 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec->contents
3742 1.1 christos = bfd_malloc (unwind_output_sec->size);
3743 1.1 christos if (unwind_output_sec->contents == NULL)
3744 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3745 1.1 christos }
3746 1.1 christos }
3747 1.1 christos
3748 1.1 christos /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
3749 1.1 christos if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
3750 1.1 christos return false;
3751 1.1 christos
3752 1.1 christos if (unwind_output_sec)
3753 1.1 christos {
3754 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd = abfd;
3755 1.1 christos qsort (unwind_output_sec->contents,
3756 1.1 christos (size_t) (unwind_output_sec->size / 24),
3757 1.1.1.8 christos 24,
3758 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare);
3759 1.1 christos
3760 1.1.1.8 christos if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, unwind_output_sec,
3761 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec->contents, (bfd_vma) 0,
3762 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec->size))
3763 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3764 1.1 christos }
3765 1.1 christos
3766 1.1 christos return true;
3767 1.1 christos }
3768 1.1 christos
3769 1.1 christos static int
3770 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
3771 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
3772 1.1 christos bfd *input_bfd,
3773 1.1 christos asection *input_section,
3774 1.1 christos bfd_byte *contents,
3775 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3776 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3777 1.1 christos asection **local_sections)
3778 1.1.1.8 christos {
3779 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3780 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3781 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3782 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
3783 1.1 christos asection *srel;
3784 1.1.1.8 christos bool ret_val = true; /* for non-fatal errors */
3785 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
3786 1.1 christos
3787 1.1.1.4 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3788 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3789 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3790 1.1 christos return false;
3791 1.1 christos
3792 1.1 christos /* Infect various flags from the input section to the output section. */
3793 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3794 1.1 christos {
3795 1.1 christos bfd_vma flags;
3796 1.1 christos
3797 1.1 christos flags = elf_section_data(input_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags;
3798 1.1 christos flags &= SHF_IA_64_NORECOV;
3799 1.1.1.8 christos
3800 1.1 christos elf_section_data(input_section->output_section)
3801 1.1 christos ->this_hdr.sh_flags |= flags;
3802 1.1 christos }
3803 1.1 christos
3804 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
3805 1.1 christos srel = get_reloc_section (input_bfd, ia64_info, input_section, false);
3806 1.1 christos
3807 1.1 christos rel = relocs;
3808 1.1 christos relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3809 1.1 christos for (; rel < relend; ++rel)
3810 1.1 christos {
3811 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3812 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
3813 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3814 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *howto;
3815 1.1.1.8 christos unsigned long r_symndx;
3816 1.1.1.8 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3817 1.1 christos unsigned int r_type;
3818 1.1 christos bfd_vma value;
3819 1.1 christos asection *sym_sec;
3820 1.1 christos bfd_byte *hit_addr;
3821 1.1.1.6 christos bool dynamic_symbol_p;
3822 1.1.1.6 christos bool undef_weak_ref;
3823 1.1.1.6 christos
3824 1.1 christos r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3825 1.1.1.8 christos if (r_type > R_IA64_MAX_RELOC_CODE)
3826 1.1 christos {
3827 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3828 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
3829 1.1 christos input_bfd, (int) r_type);
3830 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3831 1.1.1.6 christos ret_val = false;
3832 1.1.1.8 christos continue;
3833 1.1.1.6 christos }
3834 1.1.1.6 christos
3835 1.1.1.7 christos howto = ia64_elf_lookup_howto (r_type);
3836 1.1 christos if (howto == NULL)
3837 1.1 christos {
3838 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
3839 1.1 christos continue;
3840 1.1.1.8 christos }
3841 1.1 christos
3842 1.1 christos r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3843 1.1 christos h = NULL;
3844 1.1 christos sym = NULL;
3845 1.1 christos sym_sec = NULL;
3846 1.1 christos undef_weak_ref = false;
3847 1.1 christos
3848 1.1 christos if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3849 1.1 christos {
3850 1.1.1.4 christos /* Reloc against local symbol. */
3851 1.1 christos asection *msec;
3852 1.1 christos sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3853 1.1 christos sym_sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3854 1.1 christos msec = sym_sec;
3855 1.1 christos value = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, rel);
3856 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3857 1.1.1.8 christos && (sym_sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
3858 1.1 christos && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
3859 1.1 christos && sym_sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
3860 1.1 christos {
3861 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *loc_h;
3862 1.1 christos
3863 1.1 christos loc_h = get_local_sym_hash (ia64_info, input_bfd, rel, false);
3864 1.1 christos if (loc_h && ! loc_h->sec_merge_done)
3865 1.1 christos {
3866 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dynent;
3867 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
3868 1.1 christos
3869 1.1 christos for (count = loc_h->count, dynent = loc_h->info;
3870 1.1 christos count != 0;
3871 1.1 christos count--, dynent++)
3872 1.1 christos {
3873 1.1 christos msec = sym_sec;
3874 1.1 christos dynent->addend =
3875 1.1 christos _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd, &msec,
3876 1.1 christos elf_section_data (msec)->
3877 1.1 christos sec_info,
3878 1.1 christos sym->st_value
3879 1.1 christos + dynent->addend);
3880 1.1 christos dynent->addend -= sym->st_value;
3881 1.1 christos dynent->addend += msec->output_section->vma
3882 1.1 christos + msec->output_offset
3883 1.1 christos - sym_sec->output_section->vma
3884 1.1 christos - sym_sec->output_offset;
3885 1.1 christos }
3886 1.1 christos
3887 1.1 christos /* We may have introduced duplicated entries. We need
3888 1.1 christos to remove them properly. */
3889 1.1 christos count = sort_dyn_sym_info (loc_h->info, loc_h->count);
3890 1.1 christos if (count != loc_h->count)
3891 1.1 christos {
3892 1.1 christos loc_h->count = count;
3893 1.1 christos loc_h->sorted_count = count;
3894 1.1 christos }
3895 1.1 christos
3896 1.1.1.8 christos loc_h->sec_merge_done = 1;
3897 1.1.1.8 christos }
3898 1.1 christos }
3899 1.1 christos }
3900 1.1 christos else
3901 1.1 christos {
3902 1.1 christos bool unresolved_reloc;
3903 1.1.1.2 christos bool warned, ignored;
3904 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3905 1.1 christos
3906 1.1.1.8 christos RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
3907 1.1.1.4 christos r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
3908 1.1 christos h, sym_sec, value,
3909 1.1 christos unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
3910 1.1 christos
3911 1.1 christos if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3912 1.1 christos undef_weak_ref = true;
3913 1.1 christos else if (warned || (ignored && bfd_link_executable (info)))
3914 1.1 christos continue;
3915 1.1.1.4 christos }
3916 1.1 christos
3917 1.1 christos if (sym_sec != NULL && discarded_section (sym_sec))
3918 1.1 christos RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3919 1.1 christos rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
3920 1.1 christos
3921 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3922 1.1 christos continue;
3923 1.1 christos
3924 1.1 christos hit_addr = contents + rel->r_offset;
3925 1.1 christos value += rel->r_addend;
3926 1.1 christos dynamic_symbol_p = elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (h, info, r_type);
3927 1.1 christos
3928 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
3929 1.1 christos {
3930 1.1 christos case R_IA64_NONE:
3931 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LDXMOV:
3932 1.1 christos continue;
3933 1.1 christos
3934 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
3935 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
3936 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
3937 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
3938 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
3939 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
3940 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
3941 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation for this reloc. */
3942 1.1 christos if ((dynamic_symbol_p || bfd_link_pic (info))
3943 1.1 christos && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3944 1.1 christos && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3945 1.1 christos {
3946 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type;
3947 1.1 christos long dynindx;
3948 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend;
3949 1.1 christos
3950 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
3951 1.1 christos
3952 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
3953 1.1.1.5 christos {
3954 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
3955 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
3956 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
3957 1.1 christos /* ??? People shouldn't be doing non-pic code in
3958 1.1 christos shared libraries nor dynamic executables. */
3959 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
3960 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3961 1.1 christos (_("%pB: non-pic code with imm relocation against dynamic symbol `%s'"),
3962 1.1 christos input_bfd,
3963 1.1 christos h ? h->root.root.string
3964 1.1 christos : bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
3965 1.1 christos sym_sec));
3966 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
3967 1.1 christos continue;
3968 1.1 christos
3969 1.1 christos default:
3970 1.1 christos break;
3971 1.1 christos }
3972 1.1 christos
3973 1.1 christos /* If we don't need dynamic symbol lookup, find a
3974 1.1 christos matching RELATIVE relocation. */
3975 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = r_type;
3976 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p)
3977 1.1 christos {
3978 1.1 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
3979 1.1 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
3980 1.1 christos value = 0;
3981 1.1 christos }
3982 1.1 christos else
3983 1.1 christos {
3984 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
3985 1.1 christos {
3986 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
3987 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL32MSB;
3988 1.1 christos break;
3989 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
3990 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL32LSB;
3991 1.1 christos break;
3992 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
3993 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64MSB;
3994 1.1 christos break;
3995 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
3996 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64LSB;
3997 1.1 christos break;
3998 1.1 christos
3999 1.1 christos default:
4000 1.1 christos break;
4001 1.1 christos }
4002 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
4003 1.1 christos addend = value;
4004 1.1 christos }
4005 1.1 christos
4006 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4007 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, dyn_r_type,
4008 1.1 christos dynindx, addend);
4009 1.1 christos }
4010 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
4011 1.1 christos
4012 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV32MSB:
4013 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV32LSB:
4014 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV64MSB:
4015 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV64LSB:
4016 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4017 1.1 christos break;
4018 1.1 christos
4019 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL22:
4020 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL64I:
4021 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_GPREL32MSB:
4022 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_GPREL32LSB:
4023 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_GPREL64MSB:
4024 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL64LSB:
4025 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p)
4026 1.1 christos {
4027 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4028 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4029 1.1 christos (_("%pB: @gprel relocation against dynamic symbol %s"),
4030 1.1 christos input_bfd,
4031 1.1 christos h ? h->root.root.string
4032 1.1 christos : bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4033 1.1 christos sym_sec));
4034 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4035 1.1 christos continue;
4036 1.1 christos }
4037 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4038 1.1.1.8 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4039 1.1 christos break;
4040 1.1 christos
4041 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22:
4042 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
4043 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF64I:
4044 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4045 1.1 christos value = set_got_entry (input_bfd, info, dyn_i, (h ? h->dynindx : -1),
4046 1.1 christos rel->r_addend, value, R_IA64_DIRNNLSB);
4047 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4048 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4049 1.1.1.8 christos break;
4050 1.1.1.8 christos
4051 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF22:
4052 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64I:
4053 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64MSB:
4054 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64LSB:
4055 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4056 1.1 christos value = set_pltoff_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, value, false);
4057 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4058 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4059 1.1 christos break;
4060 1.1.1.8 christos
4061 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64I:
4062 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32MSB:
4063 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
4064 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64MSB:
4065 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
4066 1.1.1.4 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4067 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
4068 1.1 christos {
4069 1.1 christos if (!undef_weak_ref)
4070 1.1 christos value = set_fptr_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, value);
4071 1.1 christos }
4072 1.1 christos if (!dyn_i->want_fptr || bfd_link_pie (info))
4073 1.1 christos {
4074 1.1 christos long dynindx;
4075 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type = r_type;
4076 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend = rel->r_addend;
4077 1.1 christos
4078 1.1 christos /* Otherwise, we expect the dynamic linker to create
4079 1.1 christos the entry. */
4080 1.1 christos
4081 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
4082 1.1 christos {
4083 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_FPTR64I)
4084 1.1 christos {
4085 1.1.1.5 christos /* We can't represent this without a dynamic symbol.
4086 1.1.1.6 christos Adjust the relocation to be against an output
4087 1.1 christos section symbol, which are always present in the
4088 1.1.1.8 christos dynamic symbol table. */
4089 1.1 christos /* ??? People shouldn't be doing non-pic code in
4090 1.1 christos shared libraries. Hork. */
4091 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4092 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking non-pic code in a position independent executable"),
4093 1.1 christos input_bfd);
4094 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4095 1.1 christos continue;
4096 1.1 christos }
4097 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
4098 1.1 christos addend = value;
4099 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = r_type + R_IA64_RELNNLSB - R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB;
4100 1.1 christos }
4101 1.1 christos else if (h)
4102 1.1 christos {
4103 1.1 christos if (h->dynindx != -1)
4104 1.1 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
4105 1.1 christos else
4106 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4107 1.1 christos (info, h->root.u.def.section->owner,
4108 1.1 christos global_sym_index (h)));
4109 1.1 christos value = 0;
4110 1.1 christos }
4111 1.1 christos else
4112 1.1 christos {
4113 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4114 1.1 christos (info, input_bfd, (long) r_symndx));
4115 1.1 christos value = 0;
4116 1.1 christos }
4117 1.1 christos
4118 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4119 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, dyn_r_type,
4120 1.1 christos dynindx, addend);
4121 1.1 christos }
4122 1.1 christos
4123 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4124 1.1 christos break;
4125 1.1 christos
4126 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR22:
4127 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64I:
4128 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32MSB:
4129 1.1.1.8 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32LSB:
4130 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64MSB:
4131 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64LSB:
4132 1.1 christos {
4133 1.1.1.6 christos long dynindx;
4134 1.1.1.6 christos
4135 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4136 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
4137 1.1 christos {
4138 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1);
4139 1.1.1.6 christos if (!undef_weak_ref)
4140 1.1 christos value = set_fptr_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, value);
4141 1.1.1.6 christos dynindx = -1;
4142 1.1 christos }
4143 1.1 christos else
4144 1.1 christos {
4145 1.1 christos /* Otherwise, we expect the dynamic linker to create
4146 1.1 christos the entry. */
4147 1.1 christos if (h)
4148 1.1 christos {
4149 1.1 christos if (h->dynindx != -1)
4150 1.1 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
4151 1.1 christos else
4152 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4153 1.1 christos (info, h->root.u.def.section->owner,
4154 1.1 christos global_sym_index (h)));
4155 1.1 christos }
4156 1.1 christos else
4157 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4158 1.1 christos (info, input_bfd, (long) r_symndx));
4159 1.1 christos value = 0;
4160 1.1 christos }
4161 1.1 christos
4162 1.1 christos value = set_got_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, dynindx,
4163 1.1 christos rel->r_addend, value, R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB);
4164 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4165 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4166 1.1 christos }
4167 1.1 christos break;
4168 1.1 christos
4169 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32MSB:
4170 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
4171 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64MSB:
4172 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
4173 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation for this reloc. */
4174 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
4175 1.1 christos {
4176 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4177 1.1 christos
4178 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4179 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, r_type,
4180 1.1 christos h->dynindx, rel->r_addend);
4181 1.1 christos }
4182 1.1 christos goto finish_pcrel;
4183 1.1.1.8 christos
4184 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
4185 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
4186 1.1 christos /* We should have created a PLT entry for any dynamic symbol. */
4187 1.1 christos dyn_i = NULL;
4188 1.1 christos if (h)
4189 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, NULL, NULL, false);
4190 1.1 christos
4191 1.1 christos if (dyn_i && dyn_i->want_plt2)
4192 1.1 christos {
4193 1.1 christos /* Should have caught this earlier. */
4194 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_addend == 0);
4195 1.1 christos
4196 1.1 christos value = (ia64_info->root.splt->output_section->vma
4197 1.1 christos + ia64_info->root.splt->output_offset
4198 1.1 christos + dyn_i->plt2_offset);
4199 1.1 christos }
4200 1.1 christos else
4201 1.1 christos {
4202 1.1 christos /* Since there's no PLT entry, Validate that this is
4203 1.1 christos locally defined. */
4204 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (undef_weak_ref || sym_sec->output_section != NULL);
4205 1.1 christos
4206 1.1 christos /* If the symbol is undef_weak, we shouldn't be trying
4207 1.1 christos to call it. There's every chance that we'd wind up
4208 1.1 christos with an out-of-range fixup here. Don't bother setting
4209 1.1 christos any value at all. */
4210 1.1 christos if (undef_weak_ref)
4211 1.1 christos continue;
4212 1.1 christos }
4213 1.1 christos goto finish_pcrel;
4214 1.1 christos
4215 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21BI:
4216 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21F:
4217 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21M:
4218 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL22:
4219 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64I:
4220 1.1 christos /* The PCREL21BI reloc is specifically not intended for use with
4221 1.1 christos dynamic relocs. PCREL21F and PCREL21M are used for speculation
4222 1.1 christos fixup code, and thus probably ought not be dynamic. The
4223 1.1.1.5 christos PCREL22 and PCREL64I relocs aren't emitted as dynamic relocs. */
4224 1.1.1.6 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p)
4225 1.1 christos {
4226 1.1.1.5 christos const char *msg;
4227 1.1.1.6 christos
4228 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL21BI)
4229 1.1.1.5 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4230 1.1.1.6 christos msg = _("%pB: @internal branch to dynamic symbol %s");
4231 1.1.1.5 christos else if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL21F || r_type == R_IA64_PCREL21M)
4232 1.1.1.5 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4233 1.1.1.5 christos msg = _("%pB: speculation fixup to dynamic symbol %s");
4234 1.1.1.5 christos else
4235 1.1.1.5 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4236 1.1.1.5 christos msg = _("%pB: @pcrel relocation against dynamic symbol %s");
4237 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler (msg, input_bfd,
4238 1.1 christos h ? h->root.root.string
4239 1.1 christos : bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd,
4240 1.1 christos symtab_hdr,
4241 1.1 christos sym,
4242 1.1 christos sym_sec));
4243 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4244 1.1 christos continue;
4245 1.1 christos }
4246 1.1 christos goto finish_pcrel;
4247 1.1 christos
4248 1.1 christos finish_pcrel:
4249 1.1 christos /* Make pc-relative. */
4250 1.1 christos value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
4251 1.1 christos + input_section->output_offset
4252 1.1 christos + rel->r_offset) & ~ (bfd_vma) 0x3;
4253 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4254 1.1 christos break;
4255 1.1 christos
4256 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL32MSB:
4257 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL32LSB:
4258 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL64MSB:
4259 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL64LSB:
4260 1.1 christos {
4261 1.1 christos /* Find the segment that contains the output_section. */
4262 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section
4263 1.1 christos (output_bfd, input_section->output_section);
4264 1.1 christos
4265 1.1 christos if (p == NULL)
4266 1.1 christos {
4267 1.1 christos r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4268 1.1 christos }
4269 1.1 christos else
4270 1.1 christos {
4271 1.1 christos /* The VMA of the segment is the vaddr of the associated
4272 1.1 christos program header. */
4273 1.1 christos if (value > p->p_vaddr)
4274 1.1 christos value -= p->p_vaddr;
4275 1.1 christos else
4276 1.1 christos value = 0;
4277 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4278 1.1 christos }
4279 1.1 christos break;
4280 1.1 christos }
4281 1.1 christos
4282 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL32MSB:
4283 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL32LSB:
4284 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL64MSB:
4285 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL64LSB:
4286 1.1 christos /* Make output-section relative to section where the symbol
4287 1.1 christos is defined. PR 475 */
4288 1.1 christos if (sym_sec)
4289 1.1 christos value -= sym_sec->output_section->vma;
4290 1.1.1.4 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4291 1.1 christos break;
4292 1.1 christos
4293 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
4294 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
4295 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation for this reloc. */
4296 1.1 christos if ((dynamic_symbol_p || bfd_link_pic (info))
4297 1.1 christos && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4298 1.1 christos {
4299 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4300 1.1 christos
4301 1.1 christos /* If we don't need dynamic symbol lookup, install two
4302 1.1 christos RELATIVE relocations. */
4303 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p)
4304 1.1 christos {
4305 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type;
4306 1.1 christos
4307 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_IPLTMSB)
4308 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64MSB;
4309 1.1 christos else
4310 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64LSB;
4311 1.1 christos
4312 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info,
4313 1.1 christos input_section,
4314 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset,
4315 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, value);
4316 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info,
4317 1.1 christos input_section,
4318 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset + 8,
4319 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, gp_val);
4320 1.1 christos }
4321 1.1 christos else
4322 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4323 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, r_type,
4324 1.1 christos h->dynindx, rel->r_addend);
4325 1.1 christos }
4326 1.1 christos
4327 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_IPLTMSB)
4328 1.1 christos r_type = R_IA64_DIR64MSB;
4329 1.1 christos else
4330 1.1 christos r_type = R_IA64_DIR64LSB;
4331 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4332 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr + 8, gp_val, r_type);
4333 1.1 christos break;
4334 1.1 christos
4335 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL14:
4336 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL22:
4337 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64I:
4338 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4339 1.1 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4340 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_tprel_base (info);
4341 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4342 1.1 christos break;
4343 1.1 christos
4344 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL14:
4345 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL22:
4346 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64I:
4347 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
4348 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
4349 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
4350 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
4351 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4352 1.1 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4353 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (info);
4354 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4355 1.1 christos break;
4356 1.1 christos
4357 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
4358 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
4359 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
4360 1.1 christos {
4361 1.1 christos int got_r_type;
4362 1.1 christos long dynindx = h ? h->dynindx : -1;
4363 1.1 christos bfd_vma r_addend = rel->r_addend;
4364 1.1 christos
4365 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
4366 1.1 christos {
4367 1.1.1.4 christos default:
4368 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
4369 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p)
4370 1.1 christos {
4371 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4372 1.1 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4373 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4374 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_tprel_base (info);
4375 1.1 christos else
4376 1.1 christos {
4377 1.1 christos r_addend += value - elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (info);
4378 1.1.1.4 christos dynindx = 0;
4379 1.1 christos }
4380 1.1 christos }
4381 1.1 christos got_r_type = R_IA64_TPREL64LSB;
4382 1.1 christos break;
4383 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
4384 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
4385 1.1 christos value = 1;
4386 1.1 christos got_r_type = R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB;
4387 1.1 christos break;
4388 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
4389 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p)
4390 1.1 christos {
4391 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4392 1.1.1.8 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4393 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (info);
4394 1.1 christos }
4395 1.1 christos got_r_type = R_IA64_DTPRELNNLSB;
4396 1.1 christos break;
4397 1.1 christos }
4398 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4399 1.1 christos value = set_got_entry (input_bfd, info, dyn_i, dynindx, r_addend,
4400 1.1 christos value, got_r_type);
4401 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4402 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4403 1.1 christos }
4404 1.1 christos break;
4405 1.1 christos
4406 1.1 christos default:
4407 1.1 christos r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4408 1.1 christos break;
4409 1.1 christos }
4410 1.1 christos
4411 1.1 christos switch (r)
4412 1.1 christos {
4413 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_ok:
4414 1.1 christos break;
4415 1.1 christos
4416 1.1.1.8 christos case bfd_reloc_undefined:
4417 1.1 christos /* This can happen for global table relative relocs if
4418 1.1 christos __gp is undefined. This is a panic situation so we
4419 1.1 christos don't try to continue. */
4420 1.1 christos (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
4421 1.1 christos (info, "__gp", input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 1);
4422 1.1 christos return false;
4423 1.1 christos
4424 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
4425 1.1 christos {
4426 1.1 christos const char *name;
4427 1.1.1.4 christos
4428 1.1.1.4 christos if (h)
4429 1.1.1.4 christos name = h->root.root.string;
4430 1.1.1.8 christos else
4431 1.1 christos name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4432 1.1 christos sym_sec);
4433 1.1 christos (*info->callbacks->warning) (info, _("unsupported reloc"),
4434 1.1 christos name, input_bfd,
4435 1.1 christos input_section, rel->r_offset);
4436 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4437 1.1 christos }
4438 1.1.1.7 christos break;
4439 1.1 christos
4440 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
4441 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
4442 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_overflow:
4443 1.1 christos default:
4444 1.1 christos missing_tls_sec:
4445 1.1 christos {
4446 1.1 christos const char *name;
4447 1.1 christos
4448 1.1 christos if (h)
4449 1.1 christos name = h->root.root.string;
4450 1.1 christos else
4451 1.1 christos name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4452 1.1 christos sym_sec);
4453 1.1 christos
4454 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
4455 1.1 christos {
4456 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL14:
4457 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL22:
4458 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64I:
4459 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL14:
4460 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL22:
4461 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64I:
4462 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
4463 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
4464 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
4465 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
4466 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
4467 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
4468 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
4469 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4470 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4471 1.1 christos (_("%pB: missing TLS section for relocation %s against `%s'"
4472 1.1 christos " at %#" PRIx64 " in section `%pA'."),
4473 1.1 christos input_bfd, howto->name, name,
4474 1.1 christos (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, input_section);
4475 1.1 christos break;
4476 1.1 christos
4477 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
4478 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21BI:
4479 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21M:
4480 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21F:
4481 1.1.1.5 christos if (is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
4482 1.1.1.6 christos {
4483 1.1.1.6 christos /* Relaxtion is always performed for ELF output.
4484 1.1.1.6 christos Overflow failures for those relocations mean
4485 1.1.1.6 christos that the section is too big to relax. */
4486 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
4487 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4488 1.1 christos (_("%pB: Can't relax br (%s) to `%s' at %#" PRIx64
4489 1.1.1.5 christos " in section `%pA' with size %#" PRIx64
4490 1.1 christos " (> 0x1000000)."),
4491 1.1.1.4 christos input_bfd, howto->name, name, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4492 1.1.1.4 christos input_section, (uint64_t) input_section->size);
4493 1.1.1.4 christos break;
4494 1.1.1.4 christos }
4495 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
4496 1.1.1.4 christos default:
4497 1.1.1.4 christos (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) (info,
4498 1.1.1.4 christos &h->root,
4499 1.1 christos name,
4500 1.1 christos howto->name,
4501 1.1 christos (bfd_vma) 0,
4502 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd,
4503 1.1 christos input_section,
4504 1.1 christos rel->r_offset);
4505 1.1 christos break;
4506 1.1 christos }
4507 1.1 christos
4508 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4509 1.1 christos }
4510 1.1 christos break;
4511 1.1.1.8 christos }
4512 1.1 christos }
4513 1.1 christos
4514 1.1 christos return ret_val;
4515 1.1 christos }
4516 1.1 christos
4517 1.1 christos static bool
4518 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
4519 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
4520 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4521 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4522 1.1.1.8 christos {
4523 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
4524 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
4525 1.1 christos
4526 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
4527 1.1 christos
4528 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, NULL, NULL, false);
4529 1.1 christos
4530 1.1 christos /* Fill in the PLT data, if required. */
4531 1.1 christos if (dyn_i && dyn_i->want_plt)
4532 1.1 christos {
4533 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4534 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc;
4535 1.1 christos asection *plt_sec;
4536 1.1 christos bfd_vma plt_addr, pltoff_addr, gp_val, plt_index;
4537 1.1 christos
4538 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
4539 1.1 christos
4540 1.1 christos /* Initialize the minimal PLT entry. */
4541 1.1 christos
4542 1.1 christos plt_index = (dyn_i->plt_offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE;
4543 1.1 christos plt_sec = ia64_info->root.splt;
4544 1.1 christos loc = plt_sec->contents + dyn_i->plt_offset;
4545 1.1 christos
4546 1.1 christos memcpy (loc, plt_min_entry, PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE);
4547 1.1.1.8 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc, plt_index, R_IA64_IMM22);
4548 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc+2, -dyn_i->plt_offset, R_IA64_PCREL21B);
4549 1.1 christos
4550 1.1 christos plt_addr = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
4551 1.1 christos + plt_sec->output_offset
4552 1.1 christos + dyn_i->plt_offset);
4553 1.1 christos pltoff_addr = set_pltoff_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, plt_addr, true);
4554 1.1 christos
4555 1.1 christos /* Initialize the FULL PLT entry, if needed. */
4556 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_plt2)
4557 1.1 christos {
4558 1.1 christos loc = plt_sec->contents + dyn_i->plt2_offset;
4559 1.1 christos
4560 1.1 christos memcpy (loc, plt_full_entry, PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE);
4561 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc, pltoff_addr - gp_val, R_IA64_IMM22);
4562 1.1 christos
4563 1.1 christos /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in the
4564 1.1 christos plt section. Leave the value alone. */
4565 1.1 christos /* ??? We didn't redefine it in adjust_dynamic_symbol in the
4566 1.1 christos first place. But perhaps elflink.c did some for us. */
4567 1.1 christos if (!h->def_regular)
4568 1.1 christos sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
4569 1.1 christos }
4570 1.1 christos
4571 1.1 christos /* Create the dynamic relocation. */
4572 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = pltoff_addr;
4573 1.1 christos if (bfd_little_endian (output_bfd))
4574 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_IA64_IPLTLSB);
4575 1.1 christos else
4576 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_IA64_IPLTMSB);
4577 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = 0;
4578 1.1 christos
4579 1.1 christos /* This is fun. In the .IA_64.pltoff section, we've got entries
4580 1.1 christos that correspond both to real PLT entries, and those that
4581 1.1 christos happened to resolve to local symbols but need to be created
4582 1.1 christos to satisfy @pltoff relocations. The .rela.IA_64.pltoff
4583 1.1 christos relocations for the real PLT should come at the end of the
4584 1.1 christos section, so that they can be indexed by plt entry at runtime.
4585 1.1 christos
4586 1.1 christos We emitted all of the relocations for the non-PLT @pltoff
4587 1.1 christos entries during relocate_section. So we can consider the
4588 1.1 christos existing sec->reloc_count to be the base of the array of
4589 1.1 christos PLT relocations. */
4590 1.1 christos
4591 1.1 christos loc = ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->contents;
4592 1.1 christos loc += ((ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->reloc_count + plt_index)
4593 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela));
4594 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4595 1.1 christos }
4596 1.1 christos
4597 1.1.1.8 christos /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute. */
4598 1.1 christos if (h == ia64_info->root.hdynamic
4599 1.1 christos || h == ia64_info->root.hgot
4600 1.1.1.8 christos || h == ia64_info->root.hplt)
4601 1.1 christos sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
4602 1.1 christos
4603 1.1 christos return true;
4604 1.1 christos }
4605 1.1 christos
4606 1.1 christos static bool
4607 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd,
4608 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info)
4609 1.1.1.8 christos {
4610 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
4611 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
4612 1.1 christos
4613 1.1.1.5 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
4614 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
4615 1.1 christos return false;
4616 1.1 christos
4617 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
4618 1.1 christos
4619 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
4620 1.1.1.5 christos {
4621 1.1 christos ElfNN_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
4622 1.1 christos asection *sdyn, *sgotplt;
4623 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
4624 1.1 christos
4625 1.1 christos sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
4626 1.1 christos sgotplt = ia64_info->root.sgotplt;
4627 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
4628 1.1 christos dyncon = (ElfNN_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
4629 1.1 christos dynconend = (ElfNN_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
4630 1.1 christos
4631 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
4632 1.1 christos
4633 1.1 christos for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
4634 1.1 christos {
4635 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
4636 1.1 christos
4637 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
4638 1.1 christos
4639 1.1 christos switch (dyn.d_tag)
4640 1.1 christos {
4641 1.1 christos case DT_PLTGOT:
4642 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_ptr = gp_val;
4643 1.1 christos break;
4644 1.1 christos
4645 1.1 christos case DT_PLTRELSZ:
4646 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_val = (ia64_info->minplt_entries
4647 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela));
4648 1.1 christos break;
4649 1.1 christos
4650 1.1 christos case DT_JMPREL:
4651 1.1 christos /* See the comment above in finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4652 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->output_section->vma
4653 1.1 christos + ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->output_offset
4654 1.1 christos + (ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->reloc_count
4655 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela)));
4656 1.1 christos break;
4657 1.1 christos
4658 1.1 christos case DT_IA_64_PLT_RESERVE:
4659 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
4660 1.1 christos + sgotplt->output_offset);
4661 1.1 christos break;
4662 1.1 christos }
4663 1.1 christos
4664 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_dyn_out (abfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4665 1.1 christos }
4666 1.1 christos
4667 1.1 christos /* Initialize the PLT0 entry. */
4668 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.splt)
4669 1.1 christos {
4670 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc = ia64_info->root.splt->contents;
4671 1.1 christos bfd_vma pltres;
4672 1.1 christos
4673 1.1 christos memcpy (loc, plt_header, PLT_HEADER_SIZE);
4674 1.1 christos
4675 1.1 christos pltres = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
4676 1.1 christos + sgotplt->output_offset
4677 1.1.1.8 christos - gp_val);
4678 1.1 christos
4679 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc+1, pltres, R_IA64_GPREL22);
4680 1.1 christos }
4681 1.1 christos }
4682 1.1 christos
4683 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
4684 1.1 christos }
4685 1.1 christos
4686 1.1 christos /* ELF file flag handling: */
4688 1.1 christos
4689 1.1 christos /* Function to keep IA-64 specific file flags. */
4690 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
4691 1.1.1.8 christos elfNN_ia64_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
4692 1.1 christos {
4693 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
4694 1.1 christos || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
4695 1.1 christos
4696 1.1.1.7 christos elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
4697 1.1.1.8 christos elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
4698 1.1.1.5 christos return true;
4699 1.1 christos }
4700 1.1.1.5 christos
4701 1.1 christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
4702 1.1 christos object file when linking. */
4703 1.1.1.8 christos
4704 1.1 christos static bool
4705 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4706 1.1.1.7 christos {
4707 1.1.1.8 christos bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
4708 1.1.1.7 christos flagword out_flags;
4709 1.1.1.7 christos flagword in_flags;
4710 1.1.1.8 christos bool ok = true;
4711 1.1 christos
4712 1.1 christos /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries? */
4713 1.1 christos if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4714 1.1 christos return true;
4715 1.1 christos
4716 1.1 christos if (!is_ia64_elf (ibfd) || !is_ia64_elf (obfd))
4717 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
4718 1.1 christos
4719 1.1 christos in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
4720 1.1 christos out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
4721 1.1 christos
4722 1.1 christos if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
4723 1.1 christos {
4724 1.1 christos elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
4725 1.1 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
4726 1.1 christos
4727 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
4728 1.1 christos && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
4729 1.1 christos {
4730 1.1 christos return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
4731 1.1 christos bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
4732 1.1.1.8 christos }
4733 1.1 christos
4734 1.1 christos return true;
4735 1.1 christos }
4736 1.1 christos
4737 1.1 christos /* Check flag compatibility. */
4738 1.1 christos if (in_flags == out_flags)
4739 1.1 christos return true;
4740 1.1.1.5 christos
4741 1.1.1.6 christos /* Output has EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP set only if all inputs have it set. */
4742 1.1 christos if (!(in_flags & EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP) && (out_flags & EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP))
4743 1.1 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP;
4744 1.1 christos
4745 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_TRAPNIL) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_TRAPNIL))
4746 1.1 christos {
4747 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4748 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking trap-on-NULL-dereference with non-trapping files"),
4749 1.1.1.5 christos ibfd);
4750 1.1.1.6 christos
4751 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4752 1.1 christos ok = false;
4753 1.1 christos }
4754 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_BE) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_BE))
4755 1.1 christos {
4756 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4757 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking big-endian files with little-endian files"),
4758 1.1.1.5 christos ibfd);
4759 1.1.1.6 christos
4760 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4761 1.1 christos ok = false;
4762 1.1 christos }
4763 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_ABI64) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_ABI64))
4764 1.1 christos {
4765 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4766 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking 64-bit files with 32-bit files"),
4767 1.1.1.5 christos ibfd);
4768 1.1.1.6 christos
4769 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4770 1.1 christos ok = false;
4771 1.1 christos }
4772 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_CONS_GP) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_CONS_GP))
4773 1.1 christos {
4774 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4775 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking constant-gp files with non-constant-gp files"),
4776 1.1 christos ibfd);
4777 1.1.1.5 christos
4778 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4779 1.1 christos ok = false;
4780 1.1 christos }
4781 1.1 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP)
4782 1.1.1.8 christos != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP))
4783 1.1 christos {
4784 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4785 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking auto-pic files with non-auto-pic files"),
4786 1.1 christos ibfd);
4787 1.1 christos
4788 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4789 1.1 christos ok = false;
4790 1.1 christos }
4791 1.1 christos
4792 1.1 christos return ok;
4793 1.1 christos }
4794 1.1 christos
4795 1.1 christos static bool
4796 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
4797 1.1 christos {
4798 1.1 christos FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
4799 1.1 christos flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4800 1.1 christos
4801 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
4802 1.1 christos
4803 1.1 christos fprintf (file, "private flags = %s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",
4804 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_TRAPNIL) ? "TRAPNIL, " : "",
4805 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_EXT) ? "EXT, " : "",
4806 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_BE) ? "BE, " : "LE, ",
4807 1.1.1.8 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP) ? "REDUCEDFP, " : "",
4808 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_CONS_GP) ? "CONS_GP, " : "",
4809 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP) ? "NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP, " : "",
4810 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_ABSOLUTE) ? "ABSOLUTE, " : "",
4811 1.1.1.2 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_ABI64) ? "ABI64" : "ABI32");
4812 1.1.1.2 christos
4813 1.1.1.2 christos _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
4814 1.1 christos return true;
4815 1.1 christos }
4816 1.1 christos
4817 1.1 christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
4818 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4819 1.1 christos const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4820 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
4821 1.1 christos {
4822 1.1 christos switch ((int) ELFNN_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
4823 1.1 christos {
4824 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL32MSB:
4825 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL32LSB:
4826 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL64MSB:
4827 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL64LSB:
4828 1.1 christos return reloc_class_relative;
4829 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
4830 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
4831 1.1 christos return reloc_class_plt;
4832 1.1 christos case R_IA64_COPY:
4833 1.1 christos return reloc_class_copy;
4834 1.1.1.6 christos default:
4835 1.1 christos return reloc_class_normal;
4836 1.1.1.6 christos }
4837 1.1 christos }
4838 1.1 christos
4839 1.1.1.8 christos static const struct bfd_elf_special_section elfNN_ia64_special_sections[] =
4840 1.1 christos {
4841 1.1 christos { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -1, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_IA_64_SHORT },
4842 1.1 christos { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_IA_64_SHORT },
4843 1.1 christos { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
4844 1.1 christos };
4845 1.1 christos
4846 1.1 christos static bool
4847 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_object_p (bfd *abfd)
4848 1.1 christos {
4849 1.1 christos asection *sec;
4850 1.1.1.8 christos asection *group, *unwi, *unw;
4851 1.1 christos flagword flags;
4852 1.1 christos const char *name;
4853 1.1 christos char *unwi_name, *unw_name;
4854 1.1 christos size_t amt;
4855 1.1 christos
4856 1.1 christos if (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC)
4857 1.1 christos return true;
4858 1.1 christos
4859 1.1 christos /* Flags for fake group section. */
4860 1.1 christos flags = (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINK_ONCE
4861 1.1 christos | SEC_EXCLUDE);
4862 1.1 christos
4863 1.1.1.8 christos /* We add a fake section group for each .gnu.linkonce.t.* section,
4864 1.1 christos which isn't in a section group, and its unwind sections. */
4865 1.1 christos for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4866 1.1 christos {
4867 1.1 christos if (elf_sec_group (sec) == NULL
4868 1.1 christos && ((sec->flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_CODE | SEC_GROUP))
4869 1.1 christos == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_CODE))
4870 1.1.1.8 christos && startswith (sec->name, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
4871 1.1 christos {
4872 1.1 christos name = sec->name + 16;
4873 1.1 christos
4874 1.1 christos amt = strlen (name) + sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.ia64unwi.");
4875 1.1 christos unwi_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4876 1.1 christos if (!unwi_name)
4877 1.1 christos return false;
4878 1.1.1.8 christos
4879 1.1 christos strcpy (stpcpy (unwi_name, ".gnu.linkonce.ia64unwi."), name);
4880 1.1 christos unwi = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, unwi_name);
4881 1.1 christos
4882 1.1 christos amt = strlen (name) + sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.ia64unw.");
4883 1.1 christos unw_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4884 1.1 christos if (!unw_name)
4885 1.1 christos return false;
4886 1.1 christos
4887 1.1 christos strcpy (stpcpy (unw_name, ".gnu.linkonce.ia64unw."), name);
4888 1.1.1.8 christos unw = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, unw_name);
4889 1.1 christos
4890 1.1 christos /* We need to create a fake group section for it and its
4891 1.1 christos unwind sections. */
4892 1.1 christos group = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name,
4893 1.1 christos flags);
4894 1.1 christos if (group == NULL)
4895 1.1 christos return false;
4896 1.1 christos
4897 1.1 christos /* Move the fake group section to the beginning. */
4898 1.1 christos bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, group);
4899 1.1 christos bfd_section_list_prepend (abfd, group);
4900 1.1 christos
4901 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (group) = sec;
4902 1.1 christos
4903 1.1 christos elf_group_name (sec) = name;
4904 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (sec) = sec;
4905 1.1 christos elf_sec_group (sec) = group;
4906 1.1 christos
4907 1.1 christos if (unwi)
4908 1.1 christos {
4909 1.1 christos elf_group_name (unwi) = name;
4910 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unwi) = sec;
4911 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (sec) = unwi;
4912 1.1 christos elf_sec_group (unwi) = group;
4913 1.1 christos }
4914 1.1 christos
4915 1.1 christos if (unw)
4916 1.1 christos {
4917 1.1 christos elf_group_name (unw) = name;
4918 1.1 christos if (unwi)
4919 1.1 christos {
4920 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unw) = elf_next_in_group (unwi);
4921 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unwi) = unw;
4922 1.1 christos }
4923 1.1 christos else
4924 1.1 christos {
4925 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unw) = sec;
4926 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (sec) = unw;
4927 1.1 christos }
4928 1.1 christos elf_sec_group (unw) = group;
4929 1.1.1.8 christos }
4930 1.1 christos
4931 1.1 christos /* Fake SHT_GROUP section header. */
4932 1.1.1.8 christos elf_section_data (group)->this_hdr.bfd_section = group;
4933 1.1 christos elf_section_data (group)->this_hdr.sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
4934 1.1 christos }
4935 1.1.1.3 christos }
4936 1.1.1.3 christos return true;
4937 1.1 christos }
4938 1.1 christos
4939 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
4940 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec (const bfd_target *vec)
4941 1.1 christos {
4942 1.1.1.7 christos extern const bfd_target ia64_elfNN_hpux_be_vec;
4943 1.1 christos return (vec == &ia64_elfNN_hpux_be_vec);
4944 1.1.1.7 christos }
4945 1.1.1.8 christos
4946 1.1.1.7 christos static bool
4947 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_hpux_init_file_header (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4948 1.1 christos {
4949 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4950 1.1.1.8 christos
4951 1.1 christos if (!_bfd_elf_init_file_header (abfd, info))
4952 1.1 christos return false;
4953 1.1.1.8 christos
4954 1.1 christos i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4955 1.1 christos i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
4956 1.1 christos i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
4957 1.1 christos return true;
4958 1.1 christos }
4959 1.1 christos
4960 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
4961 1.1 christos elfNN_hpux_backend_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4962 1.1.1.8 christos asection *sec, int *retval)
4963 1.1 christos {
4964 1.1 christos if (bfd_is_com_section (sec))
4965 1.1 christos {
4966 1.1 christos *retval = SHN_IA_64_ANSI_COMMON;
4967 1.1 christos return true;
4968 1.1 christos }
4969 1.1 christos return false;
4970 1.1 christos }
4971 1.1 christos
4972 1.1 christos static void
4973 1.1 christos elfNN_hpux_backend_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4974 1.1 christos asymbol *asym)
4975 1.1 christos {
4976 1.1 christos elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4977 1.1 christos
4978 1.1 christos switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4979 1.1 christos {
4980 1.1.1.7 christos case SHN_IA_64_ANSI_COMMON:
4981 1.1.1.7 christos asym->section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
4982 1.1.1.7 christos asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4983 1.1.1.7 christos asym->flags &= ~BSF_GLOBAL;
4984 1.1.1.7 christos break;
4985 1.1 christos }
4986 1.1.1.3 christos }
4987 1.1 christos
4988 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4989 1.1 christos ignore_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)
4990 1.1 christos {
4991 1.1 christos }
4992 1.1 christos
4993 1.1 christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM ia64_elfNN_le_vec
4995 1.1 christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elfNN-ia64-little"
4996 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM ia64_elfNN_be_vec
4997 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elfNN-ia64-big"
4998 1.1 christos #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_ia64
4999 1.1 christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID IA64_ELF_DATA
5000 1.1 christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_IA_64
5001 1.1 christos #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 1999 /* EAS2.3 */
5002 1.1 christos #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 1998 /* EAS2.2 */
5003 1.1 christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 /* 64KB */
5004 1.1 christos #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x4000 /* 16KB */
5005 1.1 christos
5006 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr \
5007 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_from_shdr
5008 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_section_flags \
5009 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_flags
5010 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_fake_sections \
5011 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_fake_sections
5012 1.1.1.7 christos #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
5013 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_final_write_processing
5014 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
5015 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_add_symbol_hook
5016 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers \
5017 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_additional_program_headers
5018 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map \
5019 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_segment_map
5020 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_modify_headers \
5021 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_headers
5022 1.1 christos #define elf_info_to_howto \
5023 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_info_to_howto
5024 1.1 christos
5025 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_type_lookup \
5026 1.1 christos ia64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
5027 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
5028 1.1 christos ia64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
5029 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_is_local_label_name \
5030 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_is_local_label_name
5031 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_relax_section \
5032 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relax_section
5033 1.1 christos
5034 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_object_p \
5035 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_object_p
5036 1.1 christos
5037 1.1 christos /* Stuff for the BFD linker: */
5038 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
5039 1.1.1.8.2.1 perseant elfNN_ia64_hash_table_create
5040 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
5041 1.1.1.6 christos elfNN_ia64_create_dynamic_sections
5042 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs \
5043 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_check_relocs
5044 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
5045 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_adjust_dynamic_symbol
5046 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_late_size_sections \
5047 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_late_size_sections
5048 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
5049 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
5050 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section \
5051 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relocate_section
5052 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
5053 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_symbol
5054 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
5055 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_sections
5056 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_final_link \
5057 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_final_link
5058 1.1 christos
5059 1.1.1.6 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
5060 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_merge_private_bfd_data
5061 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_set_private_flags \
5062 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_set_private_flags
5063 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
5064 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_print_private_bfd_data
5065 1.1 christos
5066 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
5067 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
5068 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
5069 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 5
5070 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size 0
5071 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
5072 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_may_use_rel_p 1
5073 1.1.1.5 christos #define elf_backend_may_use_rela_p 1
5074 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_default_use_rela_p 1
5075 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_dynbss 0
5076 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elfNN_ia64_hash_copy_indirect
5077 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_hide_symbol elfNN_ia64_hash_hide_symbol
5078 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_fixup_symbol _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol
5079 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elfNN_ia64_reloc_type_class
5080 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
5081 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
5082 1.1.1.7 christos #define elf_backend_special_sections elfNN_ia64_special_sections
5083 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
5084 1.1 christos
5085 1.1 christos /* FIXME: PR 290: The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
5086 1.1 christos SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or sh_info fields.
5087 1.1 christos We don't want to flood users with so many error messages. We turn
5088 1.1 christos off the warning for now. It will be turned on later when the Intel
5089 1.1 christos compiler is fixed. */
5090 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_link_order_error_handler ignore_errors
5091 1.1.1.6 christos
5092 1.1.1.6 christos #include "elfNN-target.h"
5093 1.1.1.6 christos
5094 1.1 christos /* HPUX-specific vectors. */
5095 1.1 christos
5096 1.1 christos #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
5097 1.1.1.7 christos #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
5098 1.1.1.7 christos #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
5099 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM ia64_elfNN_hpux_be_vec
5100 1.1 christos #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
5101 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elfNN-ia64-hpux-big"
5102 1.1 christos
5103 1.1 christos /* These are HP-UX specific functions. */
5104 1.1 christos
5105 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_init_file_header
5106 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_init_file_header elfNN_hpux_init_file_header
5107 1.1 christos
5108 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
5109 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section elfNN_hpux_backend_section_from_bfd_section
5110 1.1 christos
5111 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_symbol_processing
5112 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_symbol_processing elfNN_hpux_backend_symbol_processing
5113 1.1 christos
5114 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5115 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 1
5116 1.1 christos
5117 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
5118 #undef ELF_OSABI
5119 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_HPUX
5120
5121 #undef elfNN_bed
5122 #define elfNN_bed elfNN_ia64_hpux_bed
5123
5124 #include "elfNN-target.h"
5125